Media dependent module interface for computer-based conferencing system

ABSTRACT

The media dependent module provides an interface between an upper-level conferencing driver (e.g., a data-link manager) of the conferencing system and a lower-level communications driver of the conferencing system to isolate the conferencing driver from the communications driver, where the media dependent module is dependent upon hardware of the communications driver. The media dependent module is adapted to perform a plurality of functions called by the conferencing driver. The media dependent module has a connection state machine. In a preferred embodiment, the communications driver is a communications stack that conforms to one of the NetBIOS, IPX, POTS Modem, and TAPI transport standards. The conferencing system may have multiple media dependent modules, each of which provides an interface between the data-link manager and a communications stack that conforms to a different transport standard.

INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE AND RELATED APPLICATIONS

This application is a continuation of U.S. patent application Ser. No. 08/341,402, pending filed Nov. 16, 1994, which is a continuation-in-part of U.S. patent application Ser. No. 08/340,172, pending filed Nov. 15, 1994, which is a continuation-in-part of U.S. patent application Ser. No. 08/157,694, pending filed Nov. 24, 1993, all three of which are incorporated herein in their entireties by reference. This application is related to U.S. patent application Ser. No. 08/342,076 pending (filed Nov. 16, 1994), U.S. patent application Ser. No. 08/305,206 pending (filed Sep. 13, 1994), U.S. patent application Ser. No. 08/137,319 (filed Oct. 14, 1993), now U.S. Pat. No. 5,452,299 U.S. patent application Ser. No. 08/170,146 pending (filed Dec. 20, 1993), U.S. patent application Ser. No. 08/235,955 pending (filed Apr. 28, 1994), and U.S. patent application Ser. No. 08/133,612 (filed Oct. 12, 1993), now U.S. Pat. No. 5,410,698 which are all incorporated herein in their entireties by reference.

BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION

1. Field of the Invention

The present invention relates to audio/video conferencing, and, in particular, to systems for real-time audio, video, and data conferencing in windowed environments on personal computer systems.

2. Description of the Related Art

It is desirable to provide real-time audio, video, and data conferencing between personal computer (PC) systems operating in windowed environments such as those provided by versions of Microsoft® Windows™ operating system. There are difficulties, however, with providing real-time conferencing in non-real-time windowed environments. It is also desirable to provide conferencing between PC systems over two or more different transports.

It is accordingly an object of this invention to overcome the disadvantages and drawbacks of the known art and to provide real-time audio, video, and data conferencing between PC systems operating in non-real-time windowed environments over two or more different transports.

it is a particular object of the present invention to provide real-time audio, video, and data conferencing between PC systems operating under a Microsoft® Windows™ operating system over ISDN and LAN networks.

Further objects and advantages of this invention will become apparent from the detailed description of a preferred embodiment which follows.

SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION

The present invention comprises a media dependent module for a computer-based conferencing system. According to a preferred embodiment, the media dependent module provides an interface between an upper-level conferencing driver of the conferencing system and a lower-level communications driver of the conferencing system to isolate the conferencing driver from the communications driver. The media dependent module is dependent upon hardware of the communications driver, and the media dependent module is adapted to perform a plurality of functions called by the conferencing driver. The plurality of functions comprises a first function for preparing the media dependent module for a conferencing session; a second function for requesting a connection to a remote conferencing node; a third function for accepting an incoming connection request; a fourth function for rejecting the incoming connection request: a fifth function for initiating a listen mode on an established connection; a sixth function for closing the established connection; a seventh function for ending the conferencing session; an eighth function for retrieving information about the media dependent module; a ninth function tier verifying that a link packet of a specified size can be sent on the established connection; and a tenth function for sending the link packet on the established connection.

The present invention also comprises a media dependent module for a computer-based conferencing system. According to a preferred embodiment, the media dependent module provides an interface between an upper-level conferencing driver of the conferencing system and a lower-level communications driver of the conferencing system to isolate the conferencing driver from the communications driver. The media dependent module is dependent upon hardware of the communications driver, and the media dependent module comprises a connection state machine.

BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS

Other objects, features, and advantages of the present invention will become more fully apparent from the following detailed description, the appended claims, and the accompanying drawings in which:

FIG. 1 is a block diagram representing real-time point-to-point audio, video, and data conferencing between two PC systems:

FIG. 2 is a block diagram of the hardware configuration of the conferencing system of each PC system of FIG. 1;

FIG. 3 is a block diagram of the hardware configuration of the video board of the conferencing system of FIG. 2;

FIG. 4 is a block diagram of the hardware configuration of the audio/comm (ISDN) board of the conferencing system of FIG. 2;

FIG. 5 is a block diagram of the so,are configuration of the conferencing system of each PC system of FIG. 1;

FIG. 6 is a block diagram of the hardware configuration of the audio/comm (ISDN) board of FIG. 4;

FIG. 7 is a block diagram of the conferencing interface layer between the conferencing applications of FIG. 5, on one side, and the comm, video, and audio managers of FIG. 5, on the other side:

FIG. 8 is a representation of the conferencing call finite state machine (FSM) for a conferencing session between a local conferencing system (i.e., caller) and a remote conferencing system (i.e., callee);

FIG. 9 is a representation of the conferencing stream FSM for each conferencing system participating in a conferencing session;

FIG. 10 is a representation of the video FSM for the local video stream and the remote video stream of a conferencing system during a conferencing session;

FIG. 11 is a block diagram of the software components of the video manager of the conferencing system of FIG. 5;

FIG. 12 is a representation of a sequence of N walking key frames;

FIG. 13 is a representation of the audio FSM for the local audio stream and the remote audio stream of a conferencing system during a conferencing session;

FIG. 14 is a block diagram of the architecture of the audio subsystem of the conferencing system of FIG. 5:

FIG. 15 is a block diagram of the interface between the audio task of FIG. 5 and the audio hardware of audio/comm (ISDN) board of FIG. 2;

FIG. 16 is a block diagram of the interface between the audio task and the comm task of FIG. 5;

FIG. 17 is a block diagram of the comm subsystem of the conferencing system of FIG. 5;

FIG. 18 is a block diagram of the comm subsystem architecture for two conferencing systems of FIG. 5 participating in a conferencing session over an ISDN connection;

FIG. 19 is a representation of the comm subsystem application FSM for a conferencing session between a local site and a remote site;

FIG. 20 is a representation of the comm subsystem connection FSM for a conferencing session between a local site and a remote site;

FIG. 21 is a representation of the comm subsystem control channel handshake FSM for a conferencing session between a local site and a remote site;

FIG. 22 is a representation of the comm subsystem channel establishment FSM for a conferencing session between a local site and a remote site;

FIG. 23 is a representation of the comm subsystem processing for a typical conferencing session between a caller and a callee;

FIG. 24 is a representation of the structure of a video packet as sent to or received from the comm subsystem of the conferencing system of FIG. 5;

FIG. 25 is a representation of the compressed video bitstream for the conferencing system of FIG. 5;

FIG. 26 is a representation of a compressed audio packet for the conferencing system of FIG. 5;

FIG. 27 is a representation of the reliable transport comm packet structure;

FIG. 28 is a representation of the unreliable transport comm packet structure;

FIG. 29 are diagrams indicating typical TII-DLM connection setup and teardown sequences;

FIGS. 30 and 31 are diagrams of the architecture of the audio/comm (ISDN) board;

FIG. 32 is a diagram of the audio/comm (ISDN) board environment;

FIG. 33 is a flow diagram of the on-demand application invocation processing of the conferencing system of FIG. 5;

FIG. 34 is a flow diagram of an example of the processing implemented within the conferencing system of FIG. 5 to manage two conferencing applications in a single conferencing session with a remote conferencing system;

FIG. 35 represents the flow of bits between two remote high-resolution counters used to maintain clock values over a conferencing network;

FIG. 36 is a flow diagram of the processing of the conferencing system of FIG. 1 to control the flow of signals over reliable channels;

FIG. 37 is a flow diagram of the preemptive priority-based transmission processing implemented by the communications subsystem of the conferencing system of FIG. 1;

FIG. 38 is a state diagram for the complete rate negotiation processing;

FIG. 39 is a state diagram for the rate negotiation processing for a called node during a 64 KBPS upgrade;

FIG. 40 is a state diagram for the rate negotiation processing for a calling node during a 64 KBPS upgrade; and

FIG. 41 is a state diagram for the rate negotiation processing in loopback mode during a 64 KBPS upgrade;

FIG. 42 is a flow diagram of the processing by the conferencing system of

FIGS. 5 and 17 during the automatic transport detection implemented at install time;

FIG. 43 is a block diagram showing the network connections made by the conferencing system of FIGS. 5 and 17 during the automatic transport detection implemented at run time;

FIG. 44 is a representation of the DLMLAN packet header format;

FIG. 45 is a representation of the MDM packet header format for LAN transmissions;

FIG. 46 is a representation of the connection messages for a typical conferencing session from the perspective of the MDMs on the local and remote nodes;

FIG. 47 is a flow diagram of the video negotiation processing between two conferencing systems of FIG. 1;

FIG. 48 is a flow diagram of the call-progress processing when the placement of a conference call is successful;

FIG. 49 is a representation of the interrupt-time processing for receiving data signals by the audio/video conferencing system of FIG. 5;

FIG. 50 is a representation of the interrupt-time processing for transmitting data signals by the audio/video conferencing system of FIG. 5;

FIG. 51 is a representation of the auto registration environment for video conferencing;

FIG. 52 is a representation of the architecture for auto registration and remote confidence testing for the new node of FIG. 51;

FIG. 53 is a flow diagram of the processing for the auto registration and remote confidence testing of the auto registration environment of FIG. 51;

FIG. 54 is a flow diagram of the processing implemented by the client (i.e., a new node) for the auto registration processing of FIG. 53;

FIG. 55 is a flow diagram of the processing implemented by a confidence test server for the auto registration processing of FIG. 53;

FIG. 56 is a representation of the auto registration file format; and

FIG. 57 are connection diagrams that show the interactions between a DLM and an MDM in connection and session establishment and tear-down.

DESCRIPTION OF THE PREFERRED EMBODIMENT(S) Point-To-Point Conferencing Network

Referring now to FIG. 1, there is shown a block diagram representing real-time point-to-point audio, video, and data conferencing between two PC systems, according to a preferred embodiment of the present invention. Each PC system has a conferencing system 100, a camera 102, a microphone 104, a monitor 106, and a speaker 108. The conferencing systems communicate via network 110, which may be either an integrated services digital network (ISDN), a local area network (LAN), or a wide area network (WAN). Each conferencing system 100 receives, digitizes, and compresses the analog video signals generated by camera 102 and the analog audio signals generated by microphone 104. The compressed digital video and audio signals are transmitted to the other conferencing system via network 110, where they are decompressed and converted for play on monitor 106 and speaker 108, respectively. In addition, each conferencing system 100 may generate and transmit data signals to the other conferencing system 100 for play on monitor 106. The video and data signals are displayed in different windows on monitor 106. Each conferencing system 100 may also display the locally generated video signals in a separate window.

Camera 102 may be any suitable camera for generating NSTC or PAL analog video signals. Microphone 104 may be any suitable microphone for generating analog audio signals. Monitor 106 may be any suitable monitor for displaying video and graphics images and is preferably a VGA monitor. Speaker 108 may be any suitable device for playing analog audio signals and is preferably a headset.

Conferencing System Hardware Configuration

Referring now to FIG. 2, there is shown a block diagram of the hardware configuration of each conferencing system 100 of FIG. 1. Each conferencing system 100 comprises host processor 202, video board 204, audio/comm (ISDN) board 206, LAN board 210, and ISA bus 208.

Referring now to FIG. 3, there is shown a block diagram of the hardware configuration of video board 204 of FIG. 2. Video board 204 comprises industry standard architecture (ISA) bus interface 310, video bus 312, pixel processor 302, video random access memory (VRAM) device 304, video capture module 306, and video analog-to-digital (A/D) converter 308.

Referring now to FIG. 4, there is shown a block diagram of the hardware configuration of audio/comm (ISDN) board 206 of FIG. 2. Audio/comm (ISDN) board 206 comprises ISDN interface 402, memory 404, digital signal processor (DSP) 406, and ISA bus interface 408, audio input/output (I/O) hardware 410.

LAN board 210 of FIG. 2 may be any conventional LAN card that supports standard driver interfaces and is preferably an Intel® EtherExpress™ 16C LAN Combo Card.

Conferencing System Software Configuration

Referring now to FIG. 5, there is shown a block diagram of the software configuration each conferencing system 100 of FIG. 1. Video microcode 530 resides and runs on pixel processor 302 of video board 204 of FIG. 3. Comm task 540 and audio task 538 reside and run on DSP 406 of audio/comm (ISDN) board 206 of FIG. 4. The one or more network stacks 560 reside and run partially on host processor 202 of FIG. 2 and partially on LAN board 210 of FIG. 2. All of the other software modules depicted in FIG. 5 reside and run on host processor 202.

Video, Audio, and Data Processing

Referring now to FIGS. 3, 4, and 5, audio/video conferencing application 502 running on host processor 202 provides the top-level local control of audio and video conferencing between a local conferencing system (i.e., local site or endpoint) and a remote conferencing system (i.e., remote site or endpoint). Audio/video conferencing application 502 controls local audio and video processing and establishes links with the remote site for transmitting and receiving audio and video over the ISDN or LAN network 110. Similarly, data conferencing application 504, also running on host processor 202, provides the top-level local control of data conferencing between the local and remote sites. Conferencing applications 502 and 504 communicate with the audio, video, and comm subsystems using conference manager 544, conferencing application programming interface (API) 506, LAN management interface (LMI) API 556, LMI manager 558, video API 508, comm API 510, and audio API 512. The functions of conferencing applications 502 and 504 and the APIs they use are described in further detail later in this specification.

Audio Processing

During conferencing, audio I/O hardware 410 of audio/comm (ISDN) board 206 digitizes analog audio signals received from microphone 104 and stores the resulting uncompressed digital audio to memory 404 via ISA bus interface 408. Audio task 538, running on DSP 406, controls the compression of the uncompressed audio and stores the resulting compressed audio back to memory 404.

Audio Processing for ISDN-Based Processing

For ISDN-based conferencing, comm task 540, also running on DSP 406, formats the locally-generated compressed audio for ISDN transmission and transmits the compressed ISDN-formatted audio to ISDN interface 402 for transmission to the remote site over ISDN network 110.

During ISDN-based conferencing, ISDN interface 402 also receives from ISDN network 110 compressed ISDN-formatted audio generated by the remote site and stores the compressed ISDN-formatted audio to memory 404. Comm task 540 then reconstructs the compressed audio format and stores the compressed audio back to memory 404. Audio task 538 controls the decompression of the compressed audio and stores the resulting decompressed audio back to memory 404. ISA bus interface then transmits the decompressed audio to audio I/O hardware 410, which digital-to-analog (D/A) converts the decompressed audio and transmits the resulting analog audio signals to speaker 108 for play.

Thus, for ISDN-based conferencing, audio capture/compression and decompression/playback are performed entirely within audio/comm (ISDN) board 206 without going through the host processor. As a result, audio is continuously played during an ISDN-based conferencing session regardless of what other applications are running on host processor 202.

Audio Processing for LAN-Based Processing

For LAN-based conferencing, audio task 538 passes the locally-generated compressed audio to the audio manager 520, which sends the compressed audio via comm API 510 to the comm manager 518 for transmission by the network stack 560 to the remote site via the LAN network 110.

During LAN-based conferencing, the network stack 560 also receives from LAN network 110 compressed LAN-formatted audio generated by the remote site and passes the compressed LAN-formatted audio to comm manager 518. Comm manager 518 then reconstructs the compressed audio format and passes the compressed audio via audio API 512 to audio manager 520, which stores the compressed audio into memory 404 of the audio/comm (ISDN) board 206 of FIG. 4. As in ISDN-based conferencing, audio task 538 controls the decompression of the compressed audio and stores the resulting decompressed audio back to memory 404. ISA bus interface then transmits the decompressed audio to audio I/O hardware 410, which digital-to-analog (D/A) converts the decompressed audio and transmits the resulting analog audio signals to speaker 108 for play.

Video Processing

Concurrent with the audio processing, video A/D converter 308 of video board 204 digitizes analog video signals received from camera 102 and transmits the resulting digitized video to video capture module 306. Video capture module 306 decodes the digitized video into YUV color components and delivers uncompressed digital video bitmaps to VRAM 304 via video bus 312. Video microcode 530, running on pixel processor 302, compresses the uncompressed video bitmaps and stores the resulting compressed video back to VRAM 304. ISA bus interface 310 then transmits via ISA bus 208 the compressed video to video/host interface 526 running on host processor 202.

Video/host interface 526 passes the compressed video to video manager 516 via video capture driver 522. Video manager 516 calls audio manager 520 using audio API 512 for synchronization information. Video manager 516 then time-stamps the video for synchronization with the audio. Video manager 516 passes the time-stamped compressed video to comm manager 518 via comm API 510.

Video Processing for ISDN-Based Conferencing

For ISDN-based conferencing, comm manager 518 passes the locally-generated compressed video through digital signal processing (DSP) interface 528 to ISA bus interface 408 of audio/comm (ISDN) board 206, which stores the compressed video to memory 404. Comm task 540 then formats the compressed video for ISDN transmission and transmits the ISDN-formatted compressed video to ISDN interface 402 for transmission to the remote site over ISDN network 110.

During ISDN-based conferencing, ISDN interface 402 also receives from ISDN network 110 ISDN-formatted compressed video generated by the remote site system and stores the ISDN-formatted compressed video to memory 404. Comm task 540 reconstructs the compressed video format and stores the resulting compressed video back to memory 404. ISA bus interface then transmits the compressed video to comm manager 518 via ISA bus 208 and DSP interface 528. Comm manager 518 passes the compressed video to video manager 516 via video API 508. Video manager 516 passes the compressed video to video decode driver 548 for decompression processing. Video decode driver 548 passes the decompressed video to video playback driver 550, which formats the decompressed video for transmission to the graphics device interface (GDI) (not shown) of the Microsoft® Windows™ operating system for eventual display in a video window on monitor 106.

Video Processing for LAN-Based Conferencing

For LAN-based conferencing, comm manager 518 formats the locally-generated compressed video for LAN transmission and transmits the LAN-formatted compressed video to the network stack 560 for transmission to the remote site over LAN network 110.

During LAN-based conferencing, the network stack 560 also receives from LAN network 110 LAN-formatted compressed video generated by the remote site system and passes the LAN-formatted compressed video to comm manager 518. Comm manager 518 then reconstructs the compressed video format and passes the compressed video via video API 508 to video manager 516. As in ISDN-based conferencing, video manager 516 passes the compressed video to video decode driver 548 for decompression processing. Video decode driver 548 passes the decompressed video to video playback driver 550, which formats the decompressed video for transmission to the graphics device interface (GDI) (not shown) of the Microsoft® Windows™ operating system for eventual display in a video window on monitor 106.

Data Processing

For data conferencing, concurrent with audio and video conferencing, data conferencing application 504 generates and passes data to comm manager 518 using conferencing API 506 and comm API 510.

Data Processing for ISDN-Based Conferencing

For ISDN-based conferencing, comm manager 518 passes the locally-generated data through board DSP interface 532 to ISA bus interface 408, which stores the data to memory 404. Comm task 540 formats the data for ISDN transmission and stores the ISDN-formatted data back to memory 404. ISDN interface 402 then transmits the ISDN-formatted data to the remote site over ISDN network 110.

During ISDN-based conferencing, ISDN interface 402 also receives from ISDN network 110 ISDN-formatted data generated by the remote site and stores the ISDN-formatted data to memory 404. Comm task 540 reconstructs the data format and stores the resulting data back to memory 404. ISA bus interface 408 then transmits the data to comm manager 518, via ISA bus 208 and DSP interface 528. Comm manager 518 passes the data to data conferencing application 504 using comm API 510 and conferencing API 506. Data conferencing application 504 processes the data and transmits the processed data to Microsoft® Windows™ GDI (not shown) for display in a data window on monitor 106.

Data Processing for LAN-Based Conferencing

For LAN-based conferencing, comm manager 518 formats the locally-generated data for LAN transmission and transmits the LAN-formatted data video to the network stack 560 for transmission to the remote site over LAN network 110.

During LAN-based conferencing, the network stack 560 also receives from LAN network 110 LAN-formatted data generated by the remote site system and passes the LAN-formatted data to comm manager 518. Comm manager 518 then reconstructs the data and passes the data to data conferencing application 504 using comm API 510 and conferencing API 506. As in ISDN-based conferencing, data conferencing application 504 processes the data and transmits the processed data to Microsoft® Windows™ GDI (not shown) for display in a data window on monitor 106.

Hardware Configuration for Conferencing System

LAN board 210 of FIG. 2 may be any suitable board for transmitting and receiving digital packets over a local (or wide) area network and is preferably an Intel® EtherExpress™ 16 card with appropriate control and network protocol software. Conferencing system 100 is capable of supporting LAN-based conferencing under different LAN transport standards (e.g., Novell IPX, Internet User Datagram Protocol (UDP), and/or NetBIOS standards). Furthermore, conferencing system 100 is capable of supporting LAN-based conferencing with different LAN products for a single LAN transport standard (e.g., LAN WorkPlace (LWPUDP) by Novell and FTPUDP by FTP Software, Inc., both of which conform to the LAN UDP standard). Thus, LAN board 210 corresponds to the LAN transports that are supported in conferencing system 100. Those skilled in the art will understand that more than one network stack 560 may be used to interface with a single LAN board 210.

Referring now to FIG. 6, there is shown a block diagram of the hardware configuration of audio/comm (ISDN) board 206 of FIG. 4. Referring now to FIGS. 30 and 31, there are shown diagrams of the architecture of the audio/comm (ISDN) board 206. Referring now to FIG. 32, there is shown a diagram of the audio/comm (ISDN) board environment. The description for the rest of this section is the same as the description for the section of the same name in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 08/157,694.

Software Architecture for Conferencing System

The software architecture of conferencing system 100 of FIGS. 2 and 5 has three layers of abstraction. A computer supported collaboration (CSC) infrastructure layer comprises the hardware (i.e., video board 204, audio/comm (ISDN) board 206, and LAN board 210) and host/board driver software (i.e., video/host interface 526, DSP interface 528, and network stack 560) to support video, audio, and comm, as well as the encode method for video (running on video board 204) and encode/decode methods for audio (running on audio/comm (ISDN) board 206). The capabilities of the CSC infrastructure are provided to the upper layer as a device driver interface (DDI).

A CSC system software layer provides services for instantiating and controlling the video and audio streams, synchronizing the two streams, and establishing and gracefully ending a call and associated communication channels. This functionality is provided in an application programming interface (API). This API comprises the extended audio and video interfaces and the communications APIs (i.e., conference manager 544, conferencing API (VCI) 506, LAN management interface (LMI) API 556, LMI manager 558, video API 508, video manager 516, video capture driver 522, video decode driver 548, video playback driver 550, comm API 510, comm manager 518, Wave API 514, Wave driver 524, PWave API 552, audio API 512, and audio manager 520).

A CSC applications layer brings CSC to the desktop. The CSC applications may include video annotation to video mail. video answering machine, audio/video/data conferencing (i.e., audio/video conferencing application 502 and data conferencing application 504), and group decision support systems.

Audio/video conferencing application 502 and data conferencing application 504 rely on conference manager 544 and conferencing API 506, which in turn rely upon video API 508, comm API 510, and audio API 512 to interface with video manager 516, comm manager 518, and audio manager 520, respectively. Comm API 510 and comm manager 518 provide a transport-independent interface (TII) that provides communications services to conferencing applications 502 and 504. The communications software of conferencing system 100 may be designed to support different transport mechanisms, such as ISDN, SW56, and LAN (e.g., SPX/IPX, TCP/IP, or NetBIOS). The TII isolates the conferencing applications from the underlying transport layer (i.e., transport-medium-specific DSP interface 528). The TII hides the network/connectivity specific operations. In conferencing system 100, the TII hides the ISDN and LAN layers. The DSP interface 528 is hidden in a datalink module (DLM). The LAN interface is hidden within a media dependent module (MDM). The TII provides services to the conferencing applications for opening communication channels (within the same session) and dynamically managing the bandwidth. The bandwidth is managed through a transmission priority scheme.

In an embodiment in which conferencing system 100 performs software video decoding, AVI capture driver 522 is implemented on top of video/host interface 526 (the video driver). In an alternative embodiment in which conferencing system 100 performs hardware video decoding, an AVI display driver is also implemented on top of video/host interface 526.

The software architecture of conferencing system 100 comprises three major subsystems: video, audio, and communication. The audio and video subsystems are decoupled and treated as "data types" (similar to text or graphics) with conventional operations like open, save, edit, and display. The video and audio services are available to the applications through video-management and audio-management extended interfaces, respectively.

Conferencing system 100 is implemented mostly in the C++ computer language using the Microsoft® Foundation Classes (MFC) with portions implemented in the C7.0 computer language.

Audio/Video Conferencing application

The description for this section is the same as the description for the section of the same name in U.S. patent application filed Nov. 15, 1994 as application Ser. No. 08/340,172.

CMIF.LIB

The description for this section is the same as the description for the section of the same name in U.S. patent application filed Nov. 15, 1994 as application Ser. No. 08/340,172.

CCm

The description for this section is the same as the description for the section of the same name in U.S. patent application filed Nov. 15, 1994 as application Ser. No. 08/340,172.

Loading and Unloading

The description for this section is the same as the description for the section of the same name in U.S. patent application filed Nov. 15, 1994 as application Ser. No. 08/340,172.

Registering and Unregistering

The description for this section is the same as the description for the section of the same name in U.S. patent application filed Nov. 15, 1994 as application Ser. No. 08/340,172.

Call Support

The description for this section is the same as the description for the section of the same name in U.S. patent application filed Nov. 15, 1994 as application Ser. No. 08/340,172.

Channel Pair Support

The description for this section is the same as the description for the section of the same name in U.S. patent application filed Nov. 15, 1994 as application Ser. No. 08/340,172.

Stream Support

The description for this section is the same as the description for the section of the same name in U.S. patent application filed Nov. 15, 1994 as application Ser. No. 08/340,172.

CMDLL Callback

The description for this section is the same as the description for the section of the same name in U.S. patent application filed Nov. 15, 1994 as application Ser. No. 08/340,172.

NO₋₋ VCI Support

The description for this section is the same as the description for the section of the same name in U.S. patent application filed Nov. 15, 1994 as application Ser. No. 08/340,172.

Miscellaneous

The description for this section is the same as the description for the section of the same name in U.S. patent application filed Nov. 15, 1994 as application Ser. No. 08/340,172.

CImageSize

The description for this section is the same as the description for the section of the same name in U.S. patent application filed Nov. 15, 1994 as application Ser. No. 08/340,172.

CImageState

The description for this section is the same as the description for the section of the same name in U.S. patent application filed Nov. 15, 1994 as application Ser. No. 08/340,172.

PSVIDEO.EXE

The description for this section is the same as the description for the section of the same name in U.S. patent application filed Nov. 15, 1994 as application Ser. No. 08/340,172.

Frame, View, and Image

The description for this section is the same as the description for the section of the same name in U.S. patent application filed Nov. 15, 1994 as application Ser. No. 08/340,172.

Class Descriptions

The description for this section is the same as the description for the section of the same name in U.S. patent application filed Nov. 15, 1994 as application Ser. No. 08/340,172.

CCyApp

The description for this section is the same as the description for the section of the same name in U.S. patent application filed Nov. 15, 1994 as application Ser. No. 08/340,172.

CCyFrameWnd

The description for this section is the same as the description for the section of the same name in U.S. patent application filed Nov. 15, 1994 as application Ser. No. 08/340,172.

CCyAppFrame

The description for this section is the same as the description for the section of the same name in U.S. patent application filed Nov. 15, 1994 as application Ser. No. 08/340,172.

CVideoFrame

The description for this section is the same as the description for the section of the same name in U.S. patent application filed Nov. 15, 1994 as application Ser. No. 08/340,172.

CVideoControiler

The description for this section is the same as the description for the section of the same name in U.S. patent application filed Nov. 15, 1994 as application Ser. No. 08/340,172.

Auto-Sizing of Video Windows

The description for this section is the same as the description for the section of the same name an U.S. patent application filed Nov. 15, 1994 as application Ser. No. 08/340,172.

Split and Combined Modes

The description for this section is the same as the description for the section of the same name in U.S. patent application filed Nov. 15, 1994 as application Ser. No. 08/340,172.

Control Channel Management

The description for this section is the same as the description for the section of the same name in U.S. patent application filed Nov. 15, 1994 as application Ser. No. 08/340,172.

Mute Message

The description for this section is the same as the description for the section of the same name in U.S. patent application filed Nov. 15, 1994 as application Ser. No. 08/340,172.

High-Quality Snapshot Message

The description for this section is the same as the description for the section of the same name in U.S. patent application filed Nov. 15, 1994 as application Ser. No. 08/340,172.

Application Launch

The description for this section is the same as the description for the section of the same name In U.S. patent application filed Nov. 15, 1994 as application Ser. No. 08/340,172.

Application Launch Response

The description for this section is the same as the description for the section of the same name in U.S. patent application filed Nov. 15, 1994 as application Ser. No. 08/340,172.

CChanPair

The description for this section is the same as the description for the section of the same name in U.S. patent application filed Nov. 15, 1994 as application Ser. No. 08/340,172.

Video View Class Relationships

The description for this section is the same as the description for the section of the same name in U.S. patent application filed Nov. 15, 1994 as application Ser. No. 08/340,172.

Handset Class Relationships

The description for this section is the same as the description for the section of the same name in U.S. patent application filed Nov. 15, 1994 as application Ser. No. 08/340,172.

Dialog Boxes

The description for this section is the same as the description for the section of the same name in U.S. patent application filed Nov. 15, 1994 as application Ser. No. 08/340,172.

Helper Classes

Dialog Helper

The description for this section is the same as the description for the section of the same name in U.S. patent application filed Nov. 15, 1994 as application Ser. No. 08/340,172.

Fast Bitmap Buttons

The description for this section is the same as the description for the section of the same name in U.S. patent application filed Nov. 15, 1994 as application Ser. No. 08/340,172.

Data Conferencing application

The description for this section is the same as the description for the section of the same name in U.S. patent application filed Nov. 15, 1994 as application Ser. No. 08/340,172.

Conference Manager

The description for this section is the same as the description for the section of the same name in U.S. patent application filed Nov. 15, 1994 as application Ser. No. 08/340,172.

Conference Manager Overview

The description for this section is the same as the description for the section of the same name in U.S. patent application filed Nov. 15, 1994 as application Ser. No. 08/340,172.

Implementation Details

The description for this section is the same as the description for the section of the same name in U.S. patent application filed Nov. 15, 1994 as application Ser. No. 08/340,172. Additional information on the conference manager API is found in APPENDIX A of this specification.

Conference application Installation

The description for this section is the same as the description for the section of the same name in U.S. patent application filed Nov. 15, 1994 as application Ser. No. 08/340,172.

Conference Application Registration

The description for this section is the same as the description for the section of the same name in U.S. patent application filed Nov. 15, 1994 as application Ser. No. 08/340,172.

VCI Call Handler Callback

The description for this section is the same as the description for the section of the same name in U.S. patent application filed Nov. 15, 1994 as application Ser. No. 08/340,172.

Channel Pair Establishment

The description for this section is the same as the description for the section of the same name in U.S. patent application filed Nov. 15, 1994 as application Ser. No. 08/340,172.

Critical Sections

The description for this section is the same as the description for the section of the same name in U.S. patent application filed Nov. 15, 1994 as application Ser. No. 08/340,172.

Call Notification and Caller ID

The description for this section is the same as the description for the section of the same name in U.S. patent application filed Nov. 15, 1994 as application Ser. No. 08/340,172.

Audible Call Progress

The description for this section is the same as the description for the section of the same name in U.S. patent application filed Nov. 15, 1994 as application Ser. No. 08/340,172.

On Demand Application Invocation

Referring now to FIG. 33, there is shown a flow diagram of the on-demand application invocation processing of conferencing system 100 of FIG. 5. The description for this section is the same as the description for the section of the same name in U.S. patent application filed Nov. 15, 1994 as application Ser. No. 08/340,172.

Managing Multiple Applications

Referring now to FIG. 34, there is shown a flow diagram of an example of the processing implemented within conferencing system 100 of FIG. 5 to manage two conferencing applications in a single conferencing session with a remote conferencing system. The description for this section is the same as the description for the section of the same name in U.S. patent application filed Nov. 15, 1994 as application Ser. No. 08/340,172.

Conferencing API

Referring now to FIG. 7, there is shown a block diagram of conference manager 544 and conferencing API 506 between conferencing applications 502 and 504, on one side, and comm API 508, LMI API 556, video APt 510, and audio API 512, on the other side. The description for this section is the same as the description for the section of the same name in U.S. patent application filed Nov. 15, 1994 as application Ser. No. 08/340,172. Additional information on the conferencing API is found in APPENDIX B of this specification.

Interfacing with the Comm Subsystem

Conferencing API 506 supports the following comm services with the comm subsystem:

Comm initialization--initialize a session in the comm subsystem on which the call will be made.

Call establishment--place a call to start a conference.

Channel establishment--establish two comm channels for video conferencing control information, two comm channels for audio (incoming/outgoing), four comm channels for video (incoming data and control and outgoing data and control).

Call termination--hang up a call and close all active channels.

Comm Initialization/Uninitialization

Initialization of a session in the comm subsystem on which a call may be made by the user of conferencing system A of FIG. 1 and the user of conferencing system B of FIG. 1 is implemented as follows:

Conferencing APIs A and B call LMI₋₋ AddLANTransport to initialize their LAN management interface (LMI) subsystems.

Conferencing APIs A and B receive a LMI₋₋ ADDTRANS₋₋ RESPONSE callback from the LMI subsystem.

Conferencing APIs A and B call BeginSession to initialize their comm subsystems.

Conferencing APIs A and B receive a SESS₋₋ BEGIN callback from the comm subsystem.

Conferencing APIs A and B then notify the conferencing applications with a CFM₋₋ INIT₋₋ TRANSP₋₋ NTFY callback.

Uninitialization of a session in the comm subsystem is implemented as follows:

Conferencing APIs A and B call LMl₋₋ DeleteLANTransport to uninitialize their LAN management interface (LMI) subsystems.

Conferencing APIs A and B receive a LMI₋₋ DELTRANS₋₋ RESPONSE callback from the LMI subsystem.

Conferencing APIs A and B call EndSession to uninitialize their comm subsystems.

Conferencing APIs A and B receive a SESS₋₋ CLOSED callback from the comm subsystem.

Conferencing APIs A and B then notify the conferencing applications with a CFM₋₋ UNINIT₋₋ TRANSP₋₋ NTFY callback.

Call Establishment

Establishment of a call between the user of conferencing system A of FIG. 1 and the user of conferencing system B of FIG. 1 is implemented as follows:

Conferencing API A calls LMI₋₋ RequestPermission to request permission to make the conference call from the management computer.

Conferencing API A receives a LMI₋₋ PERM₋₋ RESPONSE callback from the LMI subsystem. If permission is denied, conferencing API A notifies the conferencing application with a CFM₋₋ REJECT₋₋ NTFY callback. If permission is granted, establishment of the call is continued.

Conferencing API A calls LMI₋₋ CallCommit to indicate to LMI that the call will be made.

Conferencing API A calls MakeConnection to dial conferencing API B's number.

Conferencing API B receives a CONN₋₋ REQUESTED callback from the comm subsystem.

Conferencing API B calls LMI₋₋ RequestPermission to request permission to accept the conference call from the management computer.

Conferencing API B receives a LMI₋₋ PERM₋₋ RESPONSE callback from the LMI subsystem. If permission is denied, conferencing API B rejects the call with RejectConnection, and notifies the conferencing application with a CFM₋₋ DENIAL₋₋ NTFY callback. If permission is granted, establishment of the call is continued.

Conferencing API B sends the call notification to the graphic user interface (GUI) with a CFM₋₋ CALL₋₋ NTFY callback: and, if user B accepts the call via the GUI, conferencing API B proceeds with the following steps.

Conferencing API B calls LMI₋₋ CallCommit to indicate to LMI that the call will be accepted.

Conferencing API B calls AcceptConnection to accept the incoming call from conferencing API A.

Conferencing APIs A and B receive CONN₋₋ ACCEPTED callback from the comm subsystem.

Conferencing API A calls OpenChannel to open its outgoing conferencing control channel.

Conferencing API B receives the CHAN₋₋ REQUESTED callback for the incoming control channel and accepts it via AcceptChannel. Then conferencing API B calls OpenChannel to open its outgoing conferencing control channel.

Conferencing API A receives the CHAN₋₋ ACCEPTED callback for its outgoing control channel and calls RegisterChanHandler to receive channel callbacks from the comm subsystem. Then conferencing API A receives the CHAN₋₋ REQUESTED callback for the incoming control channel and accepts it via AcceptChannel.

Conferencing API B receives the CHAN₋₋ ACCEPTED callback for its outgoing control channel and calls RegisterChanHandler to receive channel callbacks from the comm subsystem.

Conferencing API A sends a Login Request on the control channel, which conferencing API B receives.

Conferencing API B sends a Login Response on the control channel, which conferencing API A receives.

Conferencing APls A and B negotiate conference capabilities between themselves. Capabilities that are negotiated include: negotiation protocol version, audio compression algorithm, video compression algorithm, video frame rate, video capture resolution, video bitrate, and data sharing capabilities.

Conferencing API A sends a Capabilities Request on the control channel, specifying conference requirements, which conferencing API B receives.

Conferencing API B sends a Capabilities Response on the control channel, accepting or modifying conference requirements, which conferencing API A receives.

When conferencing APls A and B agree upon conference capabilities, the capabilities are saved and will be communicated to the application via the CFM₋₋ ACCEPT₋₋ NTFY callback.

Conferencing API A calls OpenChannel to open its outgoing audio channel.

Conferencing APt B receives the CHAN₋₋ REQUESTED callback for the incoming audio channel and accepts it via AcceptChannel.

Conferencing API A receives the CHAN₋₋ ACCEPTED callback for the outgoing audio channel.

The last three steps are repeated for the video data channel and the video control channel.

Conferencing API B then turns around and repeats the above 4 steps (i.e., opens its outbound channels for audio/video data/video control).

Conferencing API A sends Participant Information on the control channel, which conferencing API B receives.

Conferencing API B sends Participant Information on the control channel, which conferencing API A receives.

Conferencing APls A and B call LMI₋₋ ConferenceCommit to indicate to LMI that the conference is in progress.

Conferencing APIs A and B then notify the conferencing applications with a CFM₋₋ ACCEPT₋₋ NTFY callback.

Channel Establishment

Video and audio channel establishment is implicitly done as part of call establishment, as described above, and need not be repeated here. For establishing other channels such as data conferencing, the conferencing API passes through the request to the comm manager, and sends the comm manager's callback to the user's channel manager.

Call Termination

Termination of a call between users A and B is implemented as follows (assuming user A hangs up):

Conferencing API A unlinks local/remote video/audio streams from the network.

Conferencing API A calls LMl₋₋ ConferenceLeave to indicate to LMI that the conference is being closed.

Conferencing API A then calls the comm subsystem's CloseConnection.

The comm subsystem implicitly closes all channels, and sends CHAN₋₋ CLOSED callbacks to the conferencing API A.

Conferencing API A closes its remote audio/video streams on receipt of the CHAN₋₋ CLOSED callback for its inbound audio/video channels, respectively.

Conferencing API A then receives the CONN₋₋ CLOSE₋₋ RESP callback after the call is cleaned up completely. Conferencing API A notifies its conferencing application with a CFM₋₋ HANGUP₋₋ NTFY callback.

In the meantime, conferencing API B would have received the CHAN₋₋ CLOSED callbacks from the comm subsystem for all the closed channels.

Conferencing API B closes its remote audio/video streams on receipt of the CHAN₋₋ CLOSED callback for its inbound audio/video channels, respectively.

Conferencing API B unlinks its local audio/video streams from the network on receipt of the CHAN₋₋ CLOSED callback for its outbound audio/video channels, respectively.

Conferencing API B then receives a CONN₋₋ CLOSED callback from the comm subsystem.

Conferencing API B calls LMl₋₋ ConferenceLeave to indicate to LMI that the conference is being closed.

Conferencing API B then notifies its conferencing application with a CFM₋₋ HANGUP₋₋ NTFY callback.

Interfacing with the Audio and Video Subsystems

The description for this section is the same as the description for the section of the same name in U.S. patent application filed Nov. 15, 1994 as application Ser. No. 08/340,172.

Capture/Monitor/Transmit Local Streams

The description for this section is the same as the description for the section of the same name in U.S. patent application filed Nov. 15, 1994 as application Ser. No. 08/340,172.

Receive/Play Remote Streams

The description for this section is the same as the description for the section of the same name in U.S. patent application filed Nov. 15, 1994 as application Ser. No. 08/340,172.

Control Local/Remote Streams

The description for this section is the same as the description for the section of the same name in U.S. patent application filed Nov. 15, 1994 as application Ser. No. 08/340,172.

Snap an Image from Local Video Streams

Referring now to FIG. 8, there is shown a representation of the conferencing call finite state machine (FSM) for a conferencing session between a local conferencing system (i.e., caller) and a remote conferencing system (i.e., callee). Referring now to FIG. 9, there is shown a representation of the conferencing stream FSM for each conferencing system participating in a conferencing session. The description for this section is the same as the description for the section of the same name in U.S. patent application filed Nov. 15, 1994 as application Ser. No. 08/340,172. Differences include changes to the CF₋₋ Init function and new functions CF₋₋ Uninit, CF₋₋ InitTransport, CF₋₋ UninitTransport, and CF₋₋ ChangeTransportMaxVideoBitrate, as follows:

    ______________________________________                                         CF.sub.-- Init                                                                               Initializes the LAN management inter-                                          face (LMI), audio and video sub-                                               systems, and initializes data structures                                       required for conferencing.                                       CF.sub.-- Uninit                                                                             Uninitializes the LMI, audio, and                                              video subsystems. If a conference call                                         is in progress, it is gracefully destroyed.                      CF.sub.-- InitTransport                                                                      Initializes a LAN or ISDN transport                                            stack so that conference calls may be                                          made or received on a particular                                               transport type. The maximum video                                              bitrate allowed on this transport is                                           specified.                                                       CF.sub.-- UninitTransport                                                                    Uninitializes a transport stack, so calls                                      may no longer be made or received on                                           a particular transport type.                                     CF.sub.-- ChangeTransport-                                                                   Changes the maximum video bitrate                                MaxVideoBitrate                                                                              allowed on a transport.                                          ______________________________________                                    

These functions are defined in further detail later in this specification in APPENDIX B.

In addition, conferencing API 506 supports the following additional messages returned to conferencing applications 502 and 504 from the video, comm, and audio subsystems in response to some of the above-listed functions:

    __________________________________________________________________________     CFM.sub.-- INIT.sub.-- TRANSP.sub.-- NTFY                                                       Indicates that transport stack initialization has                              completed successfully or unsuccessfully.                     CFM.sub.-- UNINIT.sub.-- TRANSP.sub.-- NTFY                                                     Indicates that transport stack uninitialization has                            completed.                                                    CFM.sub.-- UNINIT.sub.-- NTFY                                                                   Indicates that the conferencing API subsystem                                  uninitialization has completed.                               CFM.sub.-- DENIAL.sub.-- NTFY                                                                   Indicates that a call request initiated from the remote                        site has been received, but                                                    the local site was denied permission to accept the call                        by the management computer.                                   CFM.sub.-- ERROR.sub.-- NTFY                                                                    Indicates that an error has occurred in the comm                               subsystem.                                                    CFM.sub.-- KILL.sub.-- NTFY                                                                     Indicates that the management computer has demanded the                        conference                                                                     call be terminated.                                           __________________________________________________________________________

Video Subsystem

The video subsystem of conferencing system 100 of FIG. 5 comprises video API 508, video manager 516, video decode driver 548, video playback driver 550, video capture driver 522, and video/host interface 526 running on host processor 202 of FIG. 2 and video microcode 530 running on video board 204.

In an embodiment of the invention of U.S. patent application Ser. No. 08/157,694 (filed Nov. 24, 1993), the video subsystem encoded and decoded video according to a single video compression technique, that, for purposes of this patent application, may be referred to as the ISDN-rate video (IRV) technique. The video processing and video bitstream format described in defined in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 08/157,694 corresponded to that IRV technique.

The video subsystem of the present invention, however, is capable of encoding and decoding video according to more than one video compression technique. In one embodiment, the video system is capable of encoding and decoding video using both the IRV technique and a multi-rate video (MRV) technique. The following sections of this specification refer primarily to the IRV technique. The MRV technique is described in further detail in later sections of this specification starting with the section entitled "Compressed Multi-Rate Video Bitstream."

Video API

Referring now to FIG. 10, there is shown a representation of the video FSM for the local video stream and the remote video stream of a conferencing system during a conferencing session. The description for this section is the same as the description for the section of the same name in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 08/157,694. Additional information on the video API is found in APPENDIX C of this specification.

Video Manager

Referring now to FIG. 11, there is shown a block diagram of the software components of video manager (VM) 516 of FIG. 5. The description for this section is the same as the description for the section of the same name in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 08/157,694.

Capture/Playback Video Effects

The description for this section is the same as the description for the section of the same name in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 08/157,694.

Video Stream Restart

Referring now to FIG. 12, there is shown a representation of a sequence of N walking key frames. The description for this section is the same as the description for the section of the same name in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 08/157,694.

Audio/Video Synchronization

The description for this section is the same as the description for the section of the same name in U.S. patent application filed Nov. 15, 1994 as application Ser. No. 08/340,172.

Alternative Timestamp Driver

FIG. 35 represents the flow of bits between two remote high-resolution counters used to maintain clock values over a conferencing network. The description for this section is the same as the description for the section of the same name in U.S. patent application filed Nov. 15, 1994 as application Ser. No. 08/340,172.

Bit Rate Throttling

The description for this section is the same as the description for the section of the same name in U.S. patent application filed Nov. 15, 1994 as application Ser. No. 08/340,172.

Multiple Video Formats

The description for this section is the same as the description for the section of the same name in U.S. patent application filed Nov. 15, 1994 as application Ser. No. 08/340,172.

Normal Display Resolution

The description for this section is the same as the description for the section of the same name in U.S. patent application filed Nov. 15, 1994 as application Ser. No. 08/340,172.

Quarter Display Resolution

The description for this section is the same as the description for the section of the same name in U.S. patent application filed Nov. 15, 1994 as application Ser. No. 08/340,172.

Video Frame Format/Capture Interface

The description for this section is the same as the description for the section of the same name in U.S. patent application filed Nov. 15, 1994 as application Ser. No. 08/340,172.

Playback Implementation

The description for this section is the same as the description for the section of the same name in U.S. patent application filed Nov. 15, 1994 as application Ser. No. 08/340,172.

Self-Calibration

The description for this section is the same as the description for the section of the same name in U.S. patent application filed Nov. 15, 1994 as application Ser. No. 08/340,172.

Measurement

The description for this section is the same as the description for the section of the same name in U.S. patent application filed Nov. 15, 1994 as application Ser. No. 08/340,172.

File-Based Capture (File Playback)

The description for this section is the same as the description for the section of the same name in U.S. patent application filed Nov. 15, 1994 as application Ser. No. 08/340,172.

Playback Statistics

The description for this section is the same as the description for the section of the same name in U.S. patent application filed Nov. 15, 1994 as application Ser. No. 08/340,172.

VCost Function

The description for this section is the same as the description for the section of the same name in U.S. patent application filed Nov. 15, 1994 as application Ser. No. 08/340,172.

VM DLL

The description for this section is the same as the description for the section of the same name in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 08/157,694.

VCapt EXE

The description for this section is the same as the description for the section of the same name in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 08/157,694.

VPlay EXE

The description for this section is the same as the description for the section of the same name in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 08/157,694.

Palette Creation

The description for this section is the same as the description for the section of the same name in U.S. patent application filed Nov. 15, 1994 as application Ser. No. 08/340,172.

Extra RealizePalette Logic

The description for this section is the same as the description for the section of the same name in U.S. patent application filed Nov. 15, 1994 as application Ser. No. 08/340,172.

Netw DLL

The description for this section is the same as the description for the section of the same name in U.S. patent application filed Nov. 15, 1994 as application Ser. No. 08/340,172.

AVSync DLL

The description for this section is the same as the description for the section of the same name in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 08/157,694.

Video Capture Driver

Video capture driver 522 of FIG. 5 follows driver specifications set forth in the Microsoft® Video for Windows™ (VfW) Developer Kit documentation. This documentation specifies a series of application program interfaces (APIs) to which video capture driver 522 responds. Microsoft® Video for Windows™ (VfW) is a Microsoft® extension to the Microsoft® Windows™ operating system. VfW provides a common framework to integrate audio and video into an application program. Video capture driver 522 extends the basic Microsoft® API definitions by providing nine "custom" APIs that provide direct control of enhancements to the standard VfW specification to enable and control bit rate throttling and local video monitoring. Video capture driver 522 captures images in the "raw" YVU9 format and compresses them using either the IRV or the MRV compression technique. Video capture driver 522 controls bit rate throttling and local video monitoring differently for IRV and MRV compression.

Bit rate throttling controls the bit rate of a transmitted video conference data stream. Bit rate throttling is based on the quality of the captured video image and the image capture frame rate. A high-quality image has more fine detail information than a low-quality image. A user of conferencing system 100 is able to vary the relative importance of image quality and frame capture rate with a custom capture driver API.

The data bandwidth capacity of the video conference communication channel is fixed. The amount of captured video data to be transmitted is variable, depending upon the amount of motion that is present in the video image. The capture driver is able to control the amount of data that is captured by changing the quality of the next captured video frame and by not capturing the next video frame (i.e., "dropping" the frame).

The image quality is determined on a frame-by-frame basis using the following equation: ##EQU1##

ConstantScaleFactor

Quality is the relative image quality of the next captured frame. A lower Quality number represents a lower image quality (less image detail). TargetSize is the desired size of a captured and compressed frame. TargetSize is based on a fixed, desired capture frame rate.

Normally, video capture driver 522 captures new video frames at a fixed, periodic rate which is set by the audio/video conference application program. Video capture driver 522 keeps a running total of the available communication channel bandwidth. When video capture driver 522 is ready to capture the next video frame, it first checks the available channel bandwidth and if there is insufficient bandwidth (due to a large, previously captured frame), then video capture driver 522 delays capturing the next video frame until sufficient bandwidth is available. Finally, the size of the captured video frame is subtracted from the available channel bandwidth total.

A user of conferencing system 100 may control the relationship between reduced image quality and dropped frames by setting image quality characteristics. For IRV compression, the user may set a minimum image quality value which controls the range of permitted image qualities, from a wide range down to a narrow range of only the best image qualities. For MRV compression, the user may set image quality using three parameters: motion estimation, spatial filtering, and temporal filtering. The effects of these parameters on image quality are discussed in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 08/235,955 (filed Apr. 28, 1994).

Bit rate throttling is implemented inside of the video capture driver and is controlled by the following VfW extension APIs:

    __________________________________________________________________________     CUSTOM.sub.-- SET.sub.-- DATA.sub.-- RATE                                                         Sets the data rate of the communications channel.           CUSTOM.sub.-- SET.sub.-- FPS                                                                      Sets the desired capture frame rate.                        CUSTOM.sub.-- SET.sub.-- QUAL.sub.-- PERCENT                                                      Sets the minimum image quality value (IRV only).            CUSTOM.sub.-- SET.sub.-- MOTION.sub.-- EST                                                        Enables or disables motion estimation (MRV only).           CUSTOM.sub.-- SET.sub.-- SPATIAL.sub.-- FILT                                                      Enables or disables spatial filtering (MRV only).           CUSTOM.sub.-- SET.sub.-- TEMPORAL.sub.-- FILT                                                     Sets the level of temporal filtering (MRV                   __________________________________________________________________________                        only).                                                 

The local video monitoring extension to VfW gives the video capture driver 522 the ability to output simultaneously both a compressed and a non-compressed image data stream to the application, while remaining fully compatible with the Microsoft® VfW interface specification. Without this capability, audio/video conferencing application 502 would have to decompress and display the image stream generated by the capture driver in order to provide local video monitoring, which would place an additional burden on the host processor and may decrease the frame update rate of the displayed image.

According to the VfW interface specification, the compressed image data is placed in an output buffer. When local video monitoring is active, an uncompressed copy of the same image frame is appended to the output buffer immediately following the compressed image data. The capture driver generates control information associated with the output buffer. This control information reflects only the compressed image block of the output buffer and does not indicate the presence of the uncompressed image block, making local video monitoring fully compatible with other VfW applications. A reserved, 32-bit data word in the VfW control information block indicates to a local video monitor aware application that there is a valid uncompressed video image block in the output buffer. The application program may then read and directly display the uncompressed video image block from the output buffer.

For the IRV technique, the uncompressed image data may be in either Device Independent Bitmap (DIB) or YUV9 format. For the MRV technique, the YVU9 format is used for the uncompressed image data. DIB format images are a fixed size, whereas YUV9 format images may be increased in size while retaining image quality. For both IRV and MRV techniques, the YUV9 images are convened into DIB format by the video display driver before they are displayed on the computer monitor.

The capture driver allows the uncompressed video image to be captured either normally or mirrored (reversed left to right). In normal mode, the local video monitoring image appears as it is viewed by a video camera--printing appears correctly in the displayed image. In mirrored mode, the local video monitoring image appears as if it were being viewed in a mirror.

The CUSTOM₋₋ SET₋₋ DIB₋₋ CONTROL extension API controls the local video monitoring capabilities of the video capture driver.

Custom APIs for Video Capture Driver

The CUSTOM₋₋ SET₋₋ FPS message sets the frame rate for a video capture. This message is used while in streaming capture mode.

The CUSTOM₋₋ SET₋₋ KEY message informs the capture driver to produce one key frame as soon as possible. The capture driver will typically produce one delta frame before the key frame. Once the key frame has been encoded, delta frames will typically follow.

The CUSTOM₋₋ SET₋₋ DATA₋₋ PATE message informs the capture driver to set an output data rate. This data rate value is in KBits per second and typically corresponds to the data rate of the communications channel over which the compressed video data will be transmitted.

The CUSTOM₋₋ SET₋₋ QUAL₋₋ PERCENT message controls the relationship between reducing the image quality and dropping video frames when the IRV compressed video data stream size exceeds the data rate set by the CUSTOM₋₋ SET₋₋ DATA₋₋ RATE message. For example, a CUSTOM₋₋ SET₋₋ QUAL₋₋ PERCENT value of 0 means that the driver should reduce the image quality as much as possible before dropping frames and a value of 100 means that video frames should be dropped before the image quality is lowered. The CUSTOM₋₋ SET₋₋ QUAL₋₋ PERCENT message is used only with IRV compression.

The CUSTOM₋₋ SET₋₋ DIB₋₋ CONTROL message controls the uncompressed DIB or YUV9 format image output. With IRV compression, the uncompressed image may be in DIB fbrmat at either (80×60) or (160×120) pixel resolution or may be in YVU9 format at (160×120) resolution. With MRV compression, only the (160×120) YVU9 image format is supported. All images are available in either mirrored (reversed left to right) or a normal image. This API controls the following four parameters:

Uncompressed image enable/disable

Mirrored/normal image

The uncompressed image size

Image data format (DIB or YVU9)

The default condition is for the uncompressed image to be disabled. Once set, these control flags remain in effect until changed by another CUSTOM₋₋ SET₋₋ DIB₋₋ CONTROL message. The uncompressed image data is appended to the video data buffer immediately following the compressed image data. The uncompressed DIB or YUV9 data have the bottom scan-line data first and the top scan-line data last in the buffer.

The CUSTOM₋₋ ₋₋ SET₋₋ VIDEO message controls the video demodulator CONTRAST, BRIGHTNESS, HUE (TINT), and SATURATION parameters. These video parameters are also set by the capture driver at initialization and via a video control dialog box.

The CUSTOM₋₋ ₋₋ SET₋₋ MOTION₋₋ EST message allows MRV motion estimation to be enabled or disabled to improve image quality. This message is used only with MRV compression.

The CUSTOM₋₋ SET₋₋ SPATIAL₋₋ FILT message allows MRV spatial filtering to be enabled or disabled to improve image quality. This message is used only with MRV compression.

The CUSTOM₋₋ SET₋₋ TEMPORAL₋₋ FILT message allows the MRV temporal filter strength to be altered to improve image quality. This message is used only with MRV compression.

Video Microcode

The video microcode 530 of FIG. 5 running on video board 204 of FIG. 2 performs video compression. The preferred video compression techniques are disclosed in later sections of this specification starting with the section entitled "Compressed Video Bitstream."

Audio Subsystem

Referring now to FIG. 13, there is shown a block diagram of the architecture of the audio subsystem. The description for this section is the same as the description for the section of the same name in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 08/157,694. In addition, referring again to FIG. 13, if the network connection is over a LAN, then the audio task 538 on System A sends the packetized, time-stamped audio data to the commstub task 1308, which sends it to the audio manager 520 on the host processor 202. The audio manager 520 passes the data to TII 510 for delivery to the remote system. The audio data from System B is delivered by TII 510 to the audio manager 520 on System A (on the host). The audio matlager 520 sends the packet to the commstub task 1308 which passes it on to the audio task 538.

Audio API

Referring now to FIG. 14, there is shown a representation of the audio FSM for the local audio stream and the remote audio stream of a conferencing system during a conferencing session. The description for this section is the same as the description for the section of the same name in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 08/157,694. Additional information on the audio API is found in APPENDIX D of this specification.

Audio Manager

The description for this section is the same as the description for the section of the same name in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 08/157,694.

Audio Manager Device Driver Interface

The description for this section is the same as the description for the section of the same name in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 08/157,694, except for the following. The expected messages (generated by a Microsoft® OpenDriver SDK call to installable device drivers) and the drivers response are as follows:

    ______________________________________                                         DRV.sub.-- LOAD                                                                           Reads any configuration parameters associated                                  with the driver. Allocates any memory re-                                      quired for execution. This call is only made                                   the first time the driver is opened.                                DRV.sub.-- ENABLE                                                                         Ensures that an audio/comm board is installed                                  and functional. For audio/comm board 206                                       of FIG. 2, this means the DSP interface 532 is                                 accessible. This call is only made                                             the first time the driver is opened.                                DRV.sub.-- OPEN                                                                           This call is made each time OpenDriver                                         is called. The audio manager can be opened                                     once for input, once for output (i.e., it                                      supports one full duplex conversation), and                                    any number of times for device capabilities                                    query. This call allocates the per application                                 data. This includes information such as the                                    callback and the application instance data                                     and buffers for transferring audio between                                     the host and the audio board for LAN                                           connections. If this is an input or output call,                               it starts the DSP audio task and sets up                                       communication between host and DSP audio                                       task (e.g. setup mail boxes, register callbacks).                              If this is the first open of an input or output                                stream, it starts the commstub task.                                ______________________________________                                    

The installable device driver will respond to the close protocol messages defined by Microsoft®. The expected messages (generated by the Microsoft® SDK CloseDriver call to installable device drivers) and the drivers response are as follows:

    ______________________________________                                         DRV.sub.-- CLOSE                                                                           Frees the per application data allocated in                                    DRV.sub.-- OPEN message.                                           DRV.sub.-- DISABLE                                                                         Ignored.                                                           DRV.sub.-- FREE                                                                            Ignored.                                                           ______________________________________                                    

This call sequence is symmetric with respect to the call sequence generated by OpenDriver. It has the same characteristics and behavior as the open sequence does. Namely, it receives one to three messages from the CloseDriver call dependent on the driver's state and it generates one callback per CloseDriver call. Three messages are received when the driver's final instance is being closed. Only the DRV₋₋ CLOSE message is generated for other CloseDriver calls.

DRV₋₋ CLOSE message closes the audio thread that corresponds to the audio stream indicated by HASTRM. The response to the close message is in response to a message sent back from the board indicating that the driver has closed. Therefore, this call is asynchronous.

AM₋₋ LINKIN Message

The AM₋₋ LINKIN message is sent to the driver whenever the audio manager function ALinkln is called. Param 1 is a pointer to the following structure:

    ______________________________________                                                 typedef struct .sub.-- ALinkStruct {                                              BOOL    ToLink;                                                                CHANID  ChanId;                                                                } ALinkStruct, FAR * lpALinkStruct;                                 ______________________________________                                    

ToLink contains a BOOL value that indicates whether the stream is being linked in or unlinked (TRUE is linked in and FALSE is unlinked). If no error is detected and ToLink is TRUE, the channel and the playback stream should be linked together. The driver calls TII to determine whether the transport associated with the channel is ISDN. If so, the driver calls TII to determine the ID of the channel on the board associated with the TII channel ID. It then sends the Audio Task the ALINKIN₋₋ TMSG message with the board channel ID as a parameter. This causes the Audio Task to link up with the specified comm channel and begin playing incoming audio. If the transport associated with the channel is not ISDN, the driver prepares to receive data from the specified TII channel and send the data to the commstub task. It then sends the Audio Task the ALINKIN₋₋ HOST₋₋ TMSG. This causes the Audio Task to link up with the commstub task to receive the audio data and play it.

Breaking the link between the audio stream handle and the channel ID is done when the ToLink field is set to FALSE. The audio manager sends the ALINKIN₋₋ TMSG to the task along with the channel ID. The Audio Task responds to this message by unlinking the specified channel ID (i.e., it does not play any more audio).

Errors that the host task will detect are as follows:

The channel ID does not represents a valid read stream.

The audio stream handle is already linked or unlinked (detected on host).

The audio stream handle is not a playback handle.

If those or any interface errors (e.g. message pending) are detected the callback associated with this stream is notified immediately. If no errors are detected, the ALINKIN₋₋ TMSG or ALINKIN₋₋ HOST₋₋ TMSG is issued to the DSP interface and the message pending flag is set for this stream. Upon receiving the callback for this message, the callback associated with this stream is made, and finally the message pending flag is unset.

AM₋₋ LINKOUT Message

The AM₋₋ LINKOUT message is sent to the driver whenever the audio manager function ALinkOut is called. Param 1 is a pointer to the following structure:

    ______________________________________                                                 typedef struct .sub.-- ALinkStruct {                                              BOOL    ToLink;                                                                CHANID  ChanId;                                                                } ALinkStruct, FAR * lpALinkStruct;                                 ______________________________________                                    

ToLink contains a BOOL value that indicates whether the stream is being linked out or unlinked (TRUE is linked out and FALSE is unlinked). If no error is detected and ToLink is TRUE, the channel and the audio in stream should be linked together. The driver calls TII to determine whether the transport associated with the channel is ISDN. If so, the driver calls TII to determine the ID of the channel on the board associated with the TII channel ID. It then sends the Audio Task the ALINKOUT₋₋ TMSG message with the board channel ID as a parameter. This causes the Audio Task to link up with the specified comm channel and send it captured audio. If the transport associated with the channel is not ISDN, the driver prepares to receive data from the commstub task and send it to the specified TII channel. It then sends the Audio Task the ALINKOUT₋₋ HOST₋₋ TMSG. This causes the Audio Task to link up with the commstub task to send it captured audio data.

Breaking the link between the audio stream handle and the channel ID is done when ToLink field is set to FALSE. The audio manager will send the AL1NKOUT₋₋ TMSG to the task along with the channel ID. The Audio Task will respond to this message by unlinking the specified channel ID (i.e. it won't send any more audio).

Errors that the host task will detect are as follows:

The channel ID does not represents a valid write stream.

The audio stream handle is already linked or unlinked (detected on host).

The audio stream handle is not a audio in handle.

If those or any interface errors (e.g., message pending) are detected, the callback associated with this stream is notified immediately. If no errors are detected, the ALINKOUT₋₋ TMSG or ALINKOUT₋₋ HOST₋₋ TMSG is issued to the DSP interface and the message pending flag is set for this stream. Upon receiving the callback for this message, the callback associated with this stream is made, and finally the message pending flag is unset.

Audio Manager Interface with the DSP Interface

The description for this section is the same as the description for the section of the same name in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 08/157,694.

Host Processor to Audio/Comm Board Messages

The description for this section is the same as the description for the section of the same name in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 08/157,694, except for the following:

ALINKIN₋₋ TMSG: Connects/disconnects the audio task with a virtual circuit supported by the network task. The local and remote channel IDs (valid on the board) are passed to the audio task in the first two DWORDs of the dwArgs array. The flag specifying whether to link or unlink is passed in the third DWORD.

ALINKIN₋₋ HOST₋₋ TMSG: Connects/disconnects the audio task with the commstub task to receive audio to the host. The flag specifying whether to link or unlink is passed to the audio task in the third DWORD of the dwArgs array. The first two DWORDS are ignored.

ALINKOUT₋₋ TMSG: Connects the audio task with a virtual circuit supported by the network task. The local and remote channel IDs (valid on the board) are passed to the audio task in the first two DWORDs of the dwArgs array. The flag specifying whether to link or unlink is passed in the third DWORD.

ALINKOUT₋₋ HOST₋₋ TMSG: Connects the audio task with a virtual circuit supported by the network task. The flag specifying whether to link or unlink is passed to the audio task in the third DWORD of the dwArgs array. The first two DWORDS are ignored.

Audio/Comm Board to Host Processor Messages

The description for this section is the same as the description for the section of the same name in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 08/157,694.

Wave Audio Implementation

The description for this section is the same as the description for the section of the same name in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 08/157,694.

Audio Subsystem Audio/Comm (ISDN) Board-Resident Implementation

The description for this section is the same as the description for the section of the same name in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 08/157,694. In addition, the audio task 538 of FIG. 13 connects with the commstub task 1308. This interface allows the audio task to exchange compressed data packets of audio samples with the host 202, which is responsible for delivering them to the remote system when the network is not ISDN (e.g., LAN). As the name implies, this task is a standin for the comm task. The interface is the same as that between the audio task 538 and the comm task 540.

Audio Task Interface with Host Device Driver

The description for this section is the same as the description for the section of the same name in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 08/157,694.

Audio Task Interface with Audio Hardware

Referring now to FIG. 15, there is shown a block diagram of interface between the audio task 538 and the audio hardware of audio/comm (ISDN) board 206 of FIG. 13. The description for this section is the same as the description for the section of the same name in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 08/157,694.

Timestamp Driver

The description for this section is the same as the description for the section of the same name in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 08/157,694.

(De)Compression Drivers

The description for this section is the same as the description for the section of the same name in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 08/157,694.

Mixer/Splitter Driver

The description for this section is the same as the description for the section of the same name in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 08/157,694.

Mixer Internal Operation

The description for this section is the same as the description for the section of the same name in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 08/157,694.

Echo Suppression Driver

The description for this section is the same as the description for the section of the same name in U.S. patent application filed Nov. 15, 1994 as application Ser. No. 08/340,172.

Spectral Equalization

In one embodiment of the present invention, the microphone 104 and speaker 108 of a conferencing node of FIG. 1 are part of a single earpiece component, such as an Enterprise™ headset sold by Plantronics. Because the microphone is located away from the mouth and in physical contact with the user's head near the ear, the audio signals may become distorted. These distortions may be due to reverberation signals that reflect off the user's cheek, sounds from the user's mouth that become out of phase at the microphone, and/or the directionality/loss of the higher frequencies. These distortions may combine with artifacts of the audio coder to degrade the quality of the audio portion of a conferencing session.

Digital filtering is applied to the audio signals to attempt to correct for the distortions that result from using a combined microphone/speaker earpiece. When using the Plantronics Enterprise™ microphone, the digital filter is implemented using a cascade of a second-order high-pass Chebyshev Type I Infinite Impulse Response filter and a sixth-order Infinite Impulse Response filter designed using the Steiglitz approximation, which produces a 3 dB bump at 2 kHz to enhance perception.

This digital filtering is implemented as part of the equalizer stackable driver 1514 in the capture side audio processing as shown in FIG. 15. The equalizer driver 1514 can be selectively enabled or disabled. When the user selects a combined earpiece headset, then the equalizer driver 1514 is enabled and each audio frame is digitally filtered before being passed to the next driver on the audio stack (i.e., echo/suppression stackable driver 1512 of FIG. 15). When the user selects another configuration of microphone and speaker (e.g., a speakerphone or a directional boom microphone headset), then the equalizer driver 1514 is disabled and each audio frame is passed on to the echo/suppression driver 1512 without any processing. The equalizer driver 1514 is implemented as a driver under the Spectron Microsystems SPOX™ operating system.

Audio Task Interface with Comm Task

Referring again to FIG. 13, the audio task 538 sends and receives audio packets from either the comm task 540 or the commstub task 1308, depending on whether the network connection is over ISDN or LAN. The interface the audio task uses in the same in either case. Throughout this section, references to comm task 540 also apply to commstub task 1308.

The interface between the audio task to the audio hardware is based on SPOX streams. Unfortunately, SPOX streams connect tasks to source and sink device drivers, not to each other. Audio data are contained within SPOX array objects and associated with streams. To avoid unnecessary buffer copies, array objects are passed back and forth between the comm and audio subsystems running on the audio/comm board using SPOX streams and a pipe driver. The actual pipe driver used will be based on a SPOX driver called NULLDEV. Like Spectron's version, this driver simply redirects buffers it receives as an IO₋₋ SINK to the IO₋₋ SOURCE stream; no buffer copying is performed. Unlike Spectron's pipe driver, however, NULLDEV does not block the receiving task if no buffers are available from the sending stream and discards buffers received from the IO₋₋ SOURCE stream if no task has made the IO₋₋ SINK stream connection to the driver. In addition, NULLDEV will not block or return errors to the sender. If no free buffers are available for exchange with the sender's live buffer. NULLDEV returns a previously queued live buffer. This action simulates a dropped packet condition.

Setup and teardown of these pipes will be managed by a message protocol between the comm task and audio task threads utilizing the existing TMB mailbox architecture built into the Mikado DSP interface. The interface assumes that the comm task or commstub task is running, a network connection has been established, and channel ID's (i.e., virtual circuit ID's) have been allocated to the audio subsystem by the conferencing API. The interface requires the comm task and commstub task each to make available to the audio threads the handle to its local mailbox TMB₋₋ MYMBOX. This is the mailbox a task uses to receive messages from the host processor. The mailbox handle is copied to a global memory location and retrieved by the threads using the global data package discussed later in this specification. The audio task chooses which mailbox to use, and thus whether to communicate with the comm task or the commstub task, based on which message it receives from the host. ALINKOUT₋₋ TMSG and ALINKIN₋₋ TMSG cause it to use the comm task mailbox, and ALINKOUT₋₋ HOST₋₋ TMSG and ALINKIN₋₋ HOST₋₋ TMSG cause ti to use the commstub task mailbox. In the case of an ISDN connection, the audio task becomes the channel handler for the audio channels. Otherwise, the audio driver on the host becomes the channel handler.

Message Protocol

Referring now to FIG. 16, there is shown a block diagram of the interface between the audio task 538 and the comm task 540 of FIGS. 5 and 13. The description for this section is the same as the description for the section of the same name in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 08/157,694, which applies to conferencing over an ISDN connection. In addition, for a LAN connection, the processing is analogous as for the ISDN connection, with the following differences:

The commstub task replaces the comm task.

The ALINKOUT₋₋ HOST₋₋ TMSG message replaces the ALINKOUT₋₋ TMSG message.

The ALINKIN₋₋ HOST₋₋ TMSG message replaces the ALINKIN₋₋ TMSG message.

The commstub task sends buffers to and receives buffers from the host.

Global Data Package

The description for this section is the same as the description for the section of the same name in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 08/157,694.

NULLDEV Driver

The SPOX image for the audio/comm board contains a device driver that supports interprocess communication though the stream (SS) package. The number of distinct streams supported by NULLDEV is controlled by a defined constant NBRNULLDEVS in NULLDEV.H. NULLDEV supports three streams. One is used for the audio task capture thread to communicate with the comm task for ISDN connection. Another is used by the playback thread to communicate with the comm task. The third is for the audio capture task to communicate with the commstub task for LAN connection. The assignment of device names to tasks is done by the following three constants in ASTASK.H:

    ______________________________________                                         #define AS.sub.-- CAPTURE.sub.-- PIPE                                                                    "/null"                                              #define AS.sub.-- PLAYBACK.sub.-- PIPE                                                                   "/null2"                                             #define AS.sub.-- HOST.sub.-- CAPTURE.sub.-- PIPE                                                        "/null3"                                             ______________________________________                                    

Support for additional streams may be obtained by changing the NBRNULLDEVS constant and recompiling NULLDVR.C. The SPOX config file is also adjusted by adding additional device name strings to this section as follows:

    ______________________________________                                                  driver NULLDEV.sub.-- driver {                                                    "/null":                                                                              devid = 0;                                                              "/null2":                                                                             devid = 1;                                                              "/null3":                                                                             devid = 2;                                                           };                                                                    ______________________________________                                    

The next device in the sequence has devid=3.

SS₋₋ get() calls to NULLDEV receive an error if NULLDEV's ready queue is empty. It is possible to SS₋₋ put() to a NULLDEV stream that has not been opened for SS₋₋ get() on the other end. Data written to the stream in this case is discarded. In other words, input live buffers are simply appended to the free queue. SS₋₋ put() never returns an error to the caller. If no buffers exist on the free queue for exchange with the incoming live buffer. NULLDEV removes the buffer at the head of the ready queue and returns it as the free buffer.

PWave Subsystem

The PWave subsystem provides high-priority playback of digital audio signals contained in Microsoft® standard Wave files.

PWave API

The description for this section is the same as the description for the section of the same name in U.S. patent application filed Nov. 15, 1994 as application Ser. No. 08/340,172.

High Priority Playback Task

The description for this section is the same as the description for the section of the same name in U.S. patent application filed Nov. 15, 1994 as application Ser. No. 08/340,172.

PWave Protocol

The description for this section is the same as the description for the section of the same name in U.S. patent application filed Nov. 15, 1994 as application Ser. No. 08/340,172.

Comm Subsystem

The communications (comm) subsystem of conferencing system 100 of FIG. 5 comprises:

Comm API 510, comm manager 518, DSP interface 528, and portions of the network stacks 560 running on host processor 202 of FIG. 2,

Portions of the network stacks 560 running on LAN board 210, and

Comm task 540 running on audio/comm (ISDN) board 206.

The comm subsystem provides connectivity functions to the conferencing application programs 502 and 504. It maintains and manages the session, connection, and the virtual channel states. All the connection control, as well as data communication are done through the communication subsystem.

Referring now to FIG. 17, there is shown a block diagram of the comm subsystem of conferencing system 100 of FIG. 5. The comm subsystem consists of the following layers that reside on host processor 202, the audio/comm (ISDN) board 206, and LAN board 210:

Transport independent interface 510 (TII.DLL),

Datalink module 1702 (DLM.DLL+KPDAPI.DLL, where KPDAPI.DLL is the back-end of the DLM which communicates with the DSP interface 528),

Reliable datalink module 1704 (RDLM.DLL),

Global dynamic loader 1706 (GDL.DLL),

Global dynamic loader executable 1708 (GDLE.EXE),

Control (D channel) 1710,

D channel driver 1712,

Data comm tasks 1714,

B channel drivers 1716,

LAN datalink module 1718 (DLMLAN.DLL),

The appropriate LAN media dependent modules 1720 (MDM.DLLs),

The appropriate comm stacks 560, and

The MDM helper task 1722 (MDMHELPR.DLL).

TII 510, DLM 1702, DSP interface 528, RDLM 1704, DLMLAN 1718, the MDMs 1720, portions of the comm stacks 560, MDMHELPR 1722, GDL 1706, and GDLE.EXE 1708 reside entirely on the host processor. Control (D channel) 1710, D channel driver 1712, data comm tasks 1714, and B channel drivers 1716 reside on audio/comm (ISDN) board 206. Portions of the comm stacks 560 reside on the LAN board 210.

The comm interface provides a "transport independent interface" for the conferencing applications. This means that the comm interface hides all the network dependent features of the conferencing system. For ISDN connections, conferencing system 100 uses the ISDN Basic Rate Interface (BRI) which provides 2*64 KBits/sec data (B) channels and one signaling (D) channel (2B+D). Conferencing system 100 also uses conventional LAN connections.

The comm subsystem provides an interface by which the conferencing applications can gain access to the communication hardware. The goal of the interface is to hide the implementation of the connectivity mechanism and provide an easy to use interface. This interface provides a very simple (yet functional) set of connection control features, as well as data communication features. The conferencing applications use virtual channels for data communication. Virtual channels are simplex, which means that two virtual channels are open for full duplex communication between peers. Each conferencing application opens its outgoing channel which is write-only. The incoming (read-only) channels are created by "accepting" an "open channel" request from the peer.

ISDN-Based Conferencing

Referring now to FIG. 18, there is shown a block diagram of the comm subsystem architecture for two conferencing systems 100 participating in a conferencing session over an ISDN connection. The comm subsystem provides an asynchronous interface between the audio/comm (ISDN) board 206 and the conferencing applications 502 and 504.

The comm subsystem provides all the software modules that manage the two ISDN B channels. The comm subsystem provides a multiple virtual channel interface for the B channels. Each virtual channel is associated with transmission priority. The data queued for the higher priority channels are transmitted before the data in the lower priority queues. The virtual channels are unidirectional. The conferencing applications open write-only channels. The conferencing applications acquire read-only channels as a result of accepting a open channel request from the peer. The DLM supports the virtual channel interface.

During an ISDN-based conferencing session, the comm subsystem software handles all the multiplexing and inverse multiplexing of virtual channels over the B channels. The number of available B channels (and the that that there is more than one physical channel available) is not a concern to the application.

The comm subsystem provides the D channel signaling software to the audio/comm (ISDN) board. The comm subsystem is responsible for providing the ISDN B channel device drivers for the audio/comm (ISDN) board. The comm subsystem provides the ISDN D channel device drivers for the audio/comm (ISDN) board. The comm software is certifiable in North America (U.S.A., Canada) and Europe. The signaling software is compatible with NII, AT&T Custom, and Northern Telecom DMS-100.

LAN-Based Conferencing

For LAN-based conferencing, the comm subsystem provides an asynchronous interface between the LAN board 210 and the conferencing applications 502 and 504. The comm subsystem provides all the software modules that manage the LAN communication network 110. The comm subystem provides a multiple virtual channel interface for the LAN interconnection between the conferencing machines. Each virtual channel is associated with a transmission priority. The data queued for the higher priority channels are transmitted before the data in the lower priority queues. The virtual channels are unidirectional. The conferencing applications open write-only channels. The conferencing applications acquire read-only channels as a result of accepting an open channel request from the peer. The DLMLAN modules supports the virtual channel interface.

During a LAN-based conferencing session, the comm subsystem handles all the multiplexing and inverse multiplexing of virtual channels over the typically singular LAN interconnection. The number of network 'sockets or connection points is not a concern to the application.

When the video conferencing connection is across the LAN, comm stack 506 receives the compress audio generated by the remote site and stores it to host memory. The appropriate LAN MDM 1720 of FIG. 17 and DLMLAN 1718 then reconstructs the compressed audio stream as the sequence of packets supplied by the audio manager on the remote site to that site's LAN comm subsystem. The comm manager 518 then passes the audio packets to the audio manager 520, which sends the packets to the audio task on audio/comm (ISDN) board 206 for playback.

qMUX MULTIPLE CHANNEL STREAMING MODULE

The description for this section is the same as the description for the section of the same name in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 08/157,694. In addition, for LAN-based conferencing, the LAN implementation of the DLM interface (DLMLAN) 1718 provides the same functionality on the LAN that DLM 1702 does for ISDN-based conferencing, i.e., virtual channels and transport independent message sizes. The DLMLAN implementation is supported on another abstraction layer, the media dependent modules (MDMs) 1720. The MDMs have a common MDM API and they implement the required functionality on top of an existing LAN protocol stack (e.g., IPX, TCP/IP) A single MDM helper task (MDMHELPR) 1722 assists the MDMs by generating threads of execution for callbacks and data transmission.

Comm API

The description for this section is the same as the description for the section of the same name in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 08/157,694. In addition, sessions and connections have associated addresses, represented by the TADDR structure. A TADDR consists of a transport type and up to 80 bytes of addressing information. The transport type specifies if this is an ISDN or LAN address. Referring again to FIG. 17, TII 510 determines which DLM will be servicing a given address by passing it to the Global Dynamic Loader (GDL) module 1706. GDL 1706 and its associated helper task GDLE 1708 load the appropriate module into memory and return all of the DLM entry points to TII 510. If this is a LAN address, the DLMLAN 1718 will then consult GDL 1706 in order to load the appropriate MDM 1720. DLMLAN 1718 receives back from GDL 1706 a list of the appropriate MDM entry points. GDL 1706 and GDLE 1708 determine the appropriate DLM and MDM to load by reading the file GDL.IN1 which is written when the product is installed. This file specifies the MDMs that are appropriate based on the configuration of the user's machine. Further description of the operations of global dynamic loaders and global dynamic loader executables is presented in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 08/133,612. Additional information on the comm API is found in APPENDIX E of this specification.

Automatic Transport Detection

Conferencing system 100 of FIG. 1 is capable of supporting conferencing over different types of transports (e.g., ISDN and LAN). Moreover, conferencing system 100 is capable of supporting LAN-based conferencing under different LAN transport standards (e.g., Novell IPX, Internet User Datagram Protocol (UDP), and/or NetBIOS standards). Further still, conferencing system 100 is capable of supporting LAN-based conferencing with different LAN products for a single LAN transport standard (e.g., LAN WorkPlace (LWPUDP) by Novell and FTPUDP by FTP Software, Inc., both of which conform to the LAN UDP standard).

In order for a particular conferencing system 100 to be able to exercise the full range of its conferencing options, it knows which of the supported transports are installed. Conferencing system 100 is able to determine automatically which supported transports are installed. This automatic transport detection may be implemented at install time (i.e., when conferencing system 100 is installed in a PC node) and/or at run time (i.e., when conferencing system 100 is ready to begin conferencing).

Although different LAN products that conform to the same transport standard will generate data with the same packet format, they may have different APIs for generating and interpreting those packets. Thus, automatic transport detection determines which transport products are installed as well as which transport types and standards are supported. Each different supported transport will typically have a corresponding media dependent module (MDM). A goal of automatic transport detection is to identify (and store in the GDL.1NI file) the specific MDMs to be used to communicate with the specific network transport stacks that are supported and installed in conferencing system 100.

Install-Time Processing:

Conferencing systems 100 may be configured to support conferencing over different sets of transports. For example, a particular conferencing system 100 may support conferencing over ISDN, Novell IPX, and UDP, but not NetBIOS. The supported transports are presented to the conferencing application 502 of conferencing system 100 as a list of numbers corresponding to the supported transports. Possible supported transports are identified as follows:

ISDN: 0

NetBIOS: 1

Novell IPX: 7

UDP: 8

For the conferencing system 100 in the example, a list of supported transports is (0, 7, 8).

Referring now to FIG. 42, there is shown a flow diagram of the processing by conferencing system 100 of FIGS. 5 and 17 during the automatic transport detection implemented at install time. The conferencing application selects the next (in this case, first) supported transport in the list of supported transports for that particular conferencing system 100 (step 4202 of FIG. 42).

Conferencing system 100 should have one or more possible corresponding MDMs for each supported transport, where there may be more than one MDM when there is more than one product for a particular transport type/standard. The conferencing application selects and loads the next (in this case, first) possible MDM for the currently selected transport (step 4204). The conferencing application calls the MDM₋₋ BeginSession function to attempt to initialize the network transport stack (step 4206). A session may be defined as the use by an application of a specific transport to send and/or receive data packets on a particular network address. The conferencing application calls the MDM₋₋ BeginSession function to request that a session be initiated by the local network stack.

If the attempt to begin a session is successful (step 4208), then the currently selected MDM is the MDM that corresponds to the network transport stack (for the currently selected transport) that is actually configured in conferencing system 100. In that case, the identity of the currently selected MDM is written to the GDL.INI file for the currently selected transport (step 4210). Processing then continues to step 4214.

If, however, the attempt to begin the session is unsuccessful (step 4208), then the currently selected MDM is not the correct MDM for the configured network transport stack. In that case, the conferencing application determines whether there are any other possible MDMs for the currently selected transport (step 4212). If so, then processing returns to step 4204 to select and load the next possible MDM and attempt to begin a session using it. If there are no more possible MDMs for the currently selected transport, then the conferencing application determines whether there are any more transports in the list of supported transports (step 4214). If so, then processing returns to step 4202 to repeat the processing for the next supported transport. Otherwise, install-time automatic transport detection is complete.

A result of automatic transport detection is a GDL.INI file that has, for each configured transport, the correct MDM to service that transport. The GDL.INI file is used by the conferencing application at run time to select the MDM to load and use for conferencing over a particular transport.

Run-Time Processing

Automatic transport detection is implemented at run time to determine which transports can be used for an impending conferencing session. Inputs to run-time automatic transport detection are the list of supported transports and the GDL.INI file that was generated by running automatic transport detection at install time. For each supported transport and using the corresponding MDM identified in the GDL.INI file, the conferencing application attempts to begin a session. If the attempt to begin the session is successful, then the conferencing application knows it can use that transport for the conferencing session.

Referring now to FIG. 43, there is shown a block diagram showing the network connections made by conferencing system 100 of FIGS. 5 and 17 during the automatic transport detection implemented at run time. The sequence shown in FIG. 43 may be enumerated as follows:

(A) Conferencing application 502 calls conferencing manager 544 to begin a session using a specified transport.

(B) Conferencing manager 544 passes begin session request to conferencing API 506.

(C) Conferencing APt 506 passes begin session request to comm API 510.

(D) Comm API 510 calls GDLE.EXE 1708 to load the LAN data link manager (DLMLAN) 1718 corresponding to the specified transport.

(E) GDLE.EXE 1708 accesses the GDL. INI file 4302 to determine the file name for the DLMLAN 1718 that services the specified transport.

(F) GDLE.EXE 1708 loads the appropriate DLMLAN 1718 into memory and sends the corresponding entry points into DLMLAN 1718 back to comm API 510.

(G) Comm API 510 calls DLMLAN 1718 to begin a session.

(H) DLMLAN 1718 calls GDLE.EXE 1708 to load the media dependent module (MDM) corresponding to the specified transport.

(I) GDLE.EXE 1708 accesses the GDL.INI file 4302 to determine the file name for the MDM that services the specified transport.

(J) GDLE.EXE 1708 loads the appropriate MDM 1720 into memory and sends the corresponding entry points into MDM 1720 back to DLMLAN 1718.

(K) DLMLAN 1718 calls MDM 1720 to begin a session.

(L) MDM 1720 tries to communicate with the network stack for which it is designed to begin a session.

If the MDM's attempt to communicate with the network stack is successful, then that success is communicated from MDM 1720 to DLMLAN 1718 to comm API 510 to conferencing API 506 to conference manager 544 to the conferencing application 502. The conferencing application 502 then knows that it can use that transport for the impending conferencing session. Similarly, if the MDM's attempt to communicate with the network stack does not succeed, then that failure is communicated through the various levels to the conferencing application 502, which then knows that the conferencing session cannot proceed over that transport. In this latter case, as the MDM's attempt to begin the session fails, DLMLAN 1718 calls GDLE.EXE 1708 to unload MDM 1720, and, as the DLMLAN's attempt to begin the session fails, comm API 510 calls GDLE.EXE 1708 to unload DLMLAN 1718.

The scenario presented in FIG. 43 is repeated for each of the supported transports in the conferencing application's list of supported transports to determine all of the transports that are currently available for the conferencing session. When presenting the user with a list of possible callee addresses for the conferencing session (as part of a dialog box), the conferencing application 502 only lists addresses that correspond to transports that the conferencing application 502 has determined are available.

Transport-Independent Interface

The description for this section is the same as the description for the section of the same name in U.S. patent application filed Nov. 15, 1994 as application Ser. No. 08/340,172. These functions are defined in further detail later in this specification in appendix E.

Message and Callback Parameters

The description for this section is the same as the description for the section of the same name in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 08/157,694.

Session Handler Messages

The description for this section is the same as the description for the section of the same name in U.S. patent application filed Nov. 15, 1994 as application Ser. No. 08/340,172.

Channel Manager Messages

The description for this section is the same as the description for the section of the same name in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 08/157,694.

Channel Handler Messages

The description for this section is the same as the description for the section of the same name in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 08/157,694.

iTone

The description for this section is the same as the description for the section of the same name in U.S. patent application filed Nov. 15, 1994 as application Ser. No. 08/340,172. Further description of the iTone string and its use may be found in U.S. patent application No. 08/305,206, filed Sep. 13, 1994.

Data Structures

Referring now to FIG. 19, there is shown a representation of the comm subsystem application finite state machine (FSM) for a conferencing session between a local conferencing system (i.e., local site or caller) and a remote conferencing system (i.e., remote site or callee). Referring now to FIG. 20, there is shown a representation of the comm subsystem connection FSM for a conferencing session between a local site and a remote site. Referring now to FIG. 21, there is shown a representation of the comm subsystem control channel handshake FSM for a conferencing session between a local site and a remote site. Referring now to FIG. 22, there is shown a representation of the comm subsystem channel establishment FSM for a conferencing session between a local site and a remote site. Referring now to FIG. 23, there is shown a representation of the comm system processing for a typical conferencing session between a caller and a callee. The description for this section is the same as the description for the section of the same name in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 08/157,694.

Comm Manager

The comm manager 518 of FIG. 5 comprises the following dynamically linked libraries of FIG. 17:

Transport independent interface (TII) 510,

Reliable datalink module (RDLM.DLL) 1704,

Datalink module interface (DLM.DLL) 1702,

LAN datalink module interface (DLMLAN.DLL) 1718,

One or more media dependent modules (MDM.DLL) 1720,

Global dynamic loader (GDL.DLL) 1706,

Global dynamic loader executable (GDLE.EXE) 1708, and

MDM helper (MDMHELPR.DLL) 1722.

The DLM interface is used by the TII to access the services of the ISDN audio/comm board 206. The DLMLAN interface is used by the TII to access the services of the LAN board 210. Other modules (i.e.. KPDAPI.DLL and DSP.DRV) function as the interface to the audio/comm board and have no other function (i.e., they provide means of communication between the host processor portion of the DLM and the audio/comm portion of the DLM. The host processor portion of the DLM (i.e., DLM.DLL) uses the DSP interface 528 of FIG. 5 (under Microsoft® Windows™ 3.x operating system) to communicate with the ISDN audio/comm board side portions.

The TII provides the ability to specify whether or not a virtual channel is reliable. For reliable channels, TII employs the RDLM to provide reliablility on a virtual channel. This feature is used to indicate that the audio and video virtual channels are unreliable, and the data virtual channel is reliable.

Referring again to FIG. 17, TIt 510 is a dynamic link library (DLL) that implements the comm API. There is only a single instance of the TII library running on the host and it supports multiple transport media and multiple connections. At the bottom, the TII library makes DLM calls that are directed to the specific DLM capable of handling the address (transport) type in question.

A data link manager (e.g., DLM 1702, DLMLAN 1718) handles one or more transport types. A DLM provides:

Fragmentation and re-assembly of large messages,

Implementation of logical channels within a connection,

Prioritization of data across channels, and

In-order delivery of messages, with message boundaries preserved.

A DLM may directly interface to the transport media device (e.g., in the case of ISDN connections) or it may call the relevant media dependent module (MDM) (e.g., in the case of LAN connections) for services.

All transport media specific functionality is encapsulated into a media dependent module (MDM) 1720. There is one MDM per transport medium/protocol. Possible MDMs are NetBIOS, IPX, POTS Modems, and TAPI (Mikado PBX). If the underlying transport medium inherently supports multiple connections (e.g., NetBIOS), then the MDM should provide it to the upper layers. Some MDMs will provide a only single connection (e.g., a POTS Modem MDM that supports a single external modem). The MDM provides functionality for connection establishment and tear-down, and reliable data transfer over the connection(s). It does not have any knowledge of logical data channels. In conferencing system 100, each MDM is implemented as a DLL.

Additionally, there are two support modules. The link packet manager (LPM) 1724 creates, destroys, and allocates link packets for the communications stack. A link packet is data structure shared between the host-resident DLM and an MDM. Link packets allow for efficient transfer of data between the DLM and MDM. The global dynamic loader (GDL) 1706 is responsible for bringing DLMs and MDMs into the system as needed and for discarding them when they are no longer used.

Data Link Manager

Referring now to FIG. 29, there are shown diagrams indicating typical TII-DLM connection setup and teardown sequences. The description for this section is the same as the description for the section of the same name in U.S. patent application filed Nov. 15, 1994 as application Ser. No. 08/340,172. One difference is the event structure EVENTSTRUCT, which is extended to return the data block on CONN₋₋ REQUESTED and is defined as follows:

    ______________________________________                                         EVENTSTRUCT                                                                    ______________________________________                                         struct EVENTSTRUCT                                                             WORD                EventType;                                                 WORD                Status;                                                    BYTE                DlmId;                                                     BYTE                MdmId;                                                     DWORD               DlmSessionId;                                              DWORD               DlmConnId;                                                 DWORD               CallReference;                                             DWORD               Token;                                                     LPTADDR             Addr;                                                      LPCONNCHR           Characteristics;                                           LPVOID              UserData;                                                  WORD                UserDataLen;                                               }                                                                              ______________________________________                                    

Parameters:

    ______________________________________                                         EventType Specifies the type of event which                                              triggered the callback.                                              Status    Indicates the status of the event.                                   DlmId     Unique ID of the DLM performing the callback.                        MdmId     Unique ID of the MDM which processed                                           the event.                                                           DlmSessionId                                                                             Indicates the Session ID, assigned by DLM,                                     on which this event occurred.                                        DlmConnId Indicates the Connection Id, assigned                                          by DLM, on which this event occurred.                                Token     The token value was given in the call to                                       initiate an action. When the callback notifies                                 the user that the action is complete,                                          the token is returned in this field.                                 Addr      Specifies the LPTADDR of the caller.                                 Characteristics                                                                          This field is a LPCONNCHR to the                                               connection characteristics.                                          UserData  Pointer to the data specified in the UserData                                  parameter of the DLM.sub.-- MakeConnection                                     call for this connection.                                            UserDataLen                                                                              Number of valid bytes in the UserData block.                         ______________________________________                                    

The UserData and UserDataLen fields are valid only for the CONN₋₋ REQESTED callback and may be used for CallerlD information. If the user did not specify any dam, the UserData field is NULL and UserDataLen is 0.

Other differences are the DLM₋₋ MakeConnection and DLM₋₋ RejectConnection functions, which are defined as follows:

DLM₋₋ MakeConnection

WORD DLM₋₋ MakeConnection (DWORD DlmSessionld, LPCONNCHR Characteristics, DWORD Token, LPTADDR RemoteAddress, LPDWORD DLMConnID, LPVOID UserData, WORD UserDataLen);

Parameters:

    ______________________________________                                         DlmSessionID                                                                              Session identifier returned in                                                 DLM.sub.-- BeginSession                                             Characteristics                                                                           Desired characteristics of the connection.                                     Passed uninterpreted to the lower layers.                           Token      Uninterpreted token returned to the                                            upper layer in the response callback.                               RemoteAddress                                                                             Address on the remote site on which                                            to make the connection.                                             DLMConnID  Output parameter specifying the DLM                                            connection ID that will be valid when                                          this connection is established.                                     UserData   Pointer to up to 64 bytes of user defined                                      data that is to be transmitted to the                                          remote site with the connection request.                            UserDataLen                                                                               Number of bytes in the UserData block. If                                      more than 64 bytes are specified,                                              the first 64 are transmitted.                                       ______________________________________                                    

DLM₋₋ RejectConnection

WORD DLM₋₋ RejectConnection (DWORD DlmConnld, DWORD CallReference, WORD ReasonCode);

Parameters:

    ______________________________________                                         DlmConnID Connection identifier returned in the                                          CONN.sub.-- REQESTED callback.                                       CallReference                                                                            Identifier returned previously in the                                          CONN.sub.-- REQESTED callback.                                       ReasonCode                                                                               Uninterpreted word that is transmitted to the                                  remote site as the reason for the rejection.                         ______________________________________                                    

The reason code will be returned in the Status field of the DLM event structure for the CONN₋₋ REJECTED callback. If the remote user did not specify a reason, the Status will be 0.

lnterfaces--Channel Management & Data Transfer

The description for this section is the same as the description for the section of the same name in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 08/157,694.

MDM Interface

The media dependent module (MDM) 1720 of FIG. 17 hides the network specifics from the layers above it on the communications stack. It is the only module that is affected by a change in the physical network. Media dependent modules are described in further detail in U.S. patent application No. 08/133,612. Additional information on the MDM API is found in APPENDIX F of this specification.

MDMHelpr

The MDM helper component (MDMHelpr) 1722 of FIG. 17 is a server of all system level services to its client MDMs. In order to centralize critical system timer resources, MDMHelpr 1722 task centralizes all access Microsoft® Windows™ messages, task time timers, multi-media timers and MDM messages. The first MDM starts the MDMHelpr task, which creates a ten-millisecond multimedia timer, a one-second task time timer, and a client registration service. Subsequently, each MDM registers as a client for the timers and message passing services. This centralizes the Microsoft® Windows™ system resources which are multiplexed within the helper eliminating redundancy as new MDMs are loaded. The MDMs utilize the helper's multimedia timer for both send and receive queue processing, the one-second task timer for packet retries and updating the log file, and the message queues for communication messages and control flow. As each MDM is closed, the clients are registered with the last MDM causing the shutdown of the helper task. Also, during abnormal termination, the helper catches the Microsoft® Windows™ close message and correctly cleans up its resources avoiding crashes by Microsoft® Windows™ from improper shutdown. Additional information on the MDMHelpr API is found in APPENDIX G of this specification.

Link Packet Manager

The link packet manager (LPM) 1724 of FIG. 17 maintains the pool of free link packets. Both DLM and MDM request link packets and, when they are finished with them, send them back to the LPM to be returned to the free pool. Since requests for link packets can occur at interrupt time, the LPM can not allocate packets on the fly. It allocates all of its free pool of packets when it is initialized and continues to re-use only those packets. Therefore, both DLM and MDM are able to handle the case that a link packet is not available. Link packet managers are described in further detail in U.S. patent application No. 08/133,612. Additional information on the LPM API is found in APPENDIX H of this specification.

Global Dynamic Loader

The global dynamic loader (GDL) 1706 of FIG. 17 is responsible for loading all necessary DLMs and MDMs into memory. The advantage over statically loading the libraries is that the communications stack need not be fixed when the application is started. The application may decide which network transport to use and consequently which MDM to load. Global dynamic loaders are described in further detail in U.S. patent application No. 08/133,612. Additional information on the GDL API is found in APPENDIX I of this specification.

DSP Interlace

The description for this section is the same as the description for the section of the same name in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 08/157,694.

Comm Task

The description for this section is the same as the description for the section of the same name in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 08/157,694.

LAN Management Interface (LMI) Subsystem

The LAN management interface (LMI) module controls the communications between conferencing system 100 and a management computer to obtain LAN bandwidth allocations from the management computer for conferences. LMI consists of LMI APt 556 and LMI manager 558 of FIG. 5. LMI maintains an internal interface to its own windows application (LMITRD.EXE) which provides a windows task thread to LMI. A management computer manages the allocation of bandwidth for conferences on a network. Management computers and how they manage bandwidth allocation for network conferences are described in greater detail in U.S. patent application filed Nov. 16, 1994 as application Ser. No. 08/342,076; entitled "Managing Bandwidth Over a Computer Network" of Robert Alexander Marshall, et al. Additional information on the LMI API is found in APPENDIX J of this specification.

Application-Level Protocols

The application-level protocols for conferencing system 100 of FIG. 5 are divided into those for the video, audio, and data streams.

Video Protocol

Referring now to FIG. 24, there is shown a representation of the structure of a video packet as sent to or received from the comm subsystem. The description for this section is the same as the description for the section of the same name in U.S. patent application filed Nov. 15, 1994 as application Ser. No. 08/340,172. In addition, conferencing system 100 is capable of encoding and decoding video signals in more than one bitstream format. Conferencing system 100 supports an ISDN rate video (IRV) bitstream format and a multi-rate video (MRV) bitstream format. These formats are described in the following sections.

Compressed ISDN Rate Video Bitstream

Referring now to FIG. 25, there is shown a representation of the compressed ISDN rate video (IRV) bitstream for conferencing system 100. The description for this section is the same as the description for the section entitled "Compressed Video Bitstream" in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 08/157,694.

Video Decoding Procedure for IRV Bitstream Format

The description for this section is the same as the description for the section entitled "Video Decoding Procedure" in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 08/157,694.

Intra/lnter Decision Rules

The description for this section is the same as the description for the section of the same name in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 08/157,694.

Post Reconstruction Loop Filtering

The description for this section is the same as the description for the section of the same name in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 08/157,694.

Adaptive Loop Filter Switching Criteria

The description for this section is the same as the description for the section of the same name In U.S. patent application Ser. No. 08/157,694.

Design of Quantization Tables

The description for this section is the same as the description for the section of the same name in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 08/157,694.

Adaptive Transform Coefficient Scanning

The description for this section is the same as the description for the section of the same name in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 08/157,694.

Spatially Adaptive Quantization

The description for this section is the same as the description for the section of the same name in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 08/157,694.

Fast Statistical Decode

The description for this section is the same as the description for the section of the same name in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 08/157,694.

Contrast, Brightness, and Saturation Controls

The description for this section is the same as the description for the section of the same name in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 08/157,694.

Compressed Multi-Rate Video Bitstream

Encode and decode processing of one embodiment of the multi-rate video (MRV) bitstream are described in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 08/235,955.

Picture Layer

According to a current embodiment, the compressed data for one picture has the following format:

PictureHeader [SliceData] [SliceHeader SliceData] [SliceHeader SliceData]. . . The format of the picture header is as follows:

    ______________________________________                                         # Bits      Field                                                              ______________________________________                                         *     18        Picture start code (00000000 00000000 10)                            2         VersionNumber                                                        7         FrameNumber                                                          5         SliceStructure                                                 *     3         PictureSize                                                          4         Reserved                                                             1         ExtraInfo                                                      *     3         QuantMatrices                                                        2         TempFiltStrength                                                     1         UsesSLF                                                              1         UsesBlockMV                                                          1         IntraFlag                                                      [*    8         PictureXsize]                                                  [*    8         PictureYsize]                                                  [*    16        ExtraInfoSize]                                                 [*    var       ExtraInfoData]                                                 [*    var       QuantData]                                                     ______________________________________                                    

where * indicates a field that starts on a byte boundary, [] indicates an optional field, and var indicates a variable number of bits. The meaning of these fields is as follows:

    __________________________________________________________________________     Picture start code                                                                      A unique code that cannot occur anywhere else in the bit stream                that identifies                                                                the start of a frame.                                                 VersionNumber                                                                           Identifies a version of the MRV video bit stream. The current                  version                                                                        number is 1.                                                          FrameNumber                                                                             A counter that indicates to the decoder the receipt of                         successive frames. An                                                          encoder should increment this field by 1 for each frame it                     encodes (with                                                                  wraparound, so that the FrameNumber after 127 is 0). A decoder                 can then                                                                       determine by looking at this field if a frame has been "lost,"                 except for the                                                                 rare case in which a multiple of 128 frames in a row are lost.        SliceStructure                                                                          Optionally specifies the slice structure of the picture. The                   binary value of this                                                           field has the following meanings:                                     SliceStructure                                                                               Meaning                                                          0             No slice structure specified here. Each slice has a slice                      header.                                                          1             All slices are of size 1, planes are encoded in order YUV.       2             All slices are of size 1, planes are encoded in order UVY.       3             Each plane is encoded as a slice, planes are encoded in                        order YUV.                                                       4             Each plane is encoded as a slice, planes are encoded in                        order UVY.                                                       5-31          Reserved.                                                                 If SliceStructure = 0, information about slices is contained in                the slice headers                                                              which appear later in the bitstream. If SliceStructure = 1, 2,                 3, or 4, the slice                                                             structure of the picture is specified here, as shown in the                    table above, and                                                               there are no slice headers in the bitstream for this picture.         PictureSize                                                                             Identifies the size of the encoded picture. The binary value of                this field has                                                                 the following interpretation:                                         PictureSize   Resolution                                                       0              80 × 60                                                   1             160 × 120                                                  2             240 × 180                                                  3             320 × 240                                                  4-6           reserved                                                         7             escape - size is in PictureXsize and PictureYsize fields.        Reserved This field is reserved for future use, and is set to zero.            ExtraInfo                                                                               This bit specifies whether there is extra information in the                   picture header.                                                       QuantMatrices                                                                           Specifies what quantization matrices the decoder should use for                this frame.                                                                    There are 32 quantization matrices to be defined: 16 for use in                intra blocks                                                                   and 16 for use in inter blocks. These 32 matrices are specified                by the contents                                                                of two base matrices (one for intra, one for inter), five                      quantization                                                                   parameters, and a flag (PowersOf2). The possible values of the                 QuantMatrices                                                                  field specify what the base matrices, parameters, and PowersOf2                flag are,                                                                      according to the following table:                                              QuantMatrices                                                                            BaseMatrices                                                                            Parameters                                                                              PowersOf2                                 __________________________________________________________________________              0         ...not used...                                                       1         default  default  0                                                  2         default  default  1                                                  3         default  in QuantData                                                                            in QuantData                                       4         in QuantData                                                                            in QuantData                                                                            in QuantData                                       5         from the past                                                                           from the past                                                                           from the past                                      6-7       ...reserved...                                              __________________________________________________________________________              In this table, "in QuantData" means that the given item is to be               found in the                                                                   QuantData field of the picture header. "From the past" means                   that the                                                                       parameter values (which were set on a previous frame) are                      inherited from the                                                             past.                                                                 TempFiltStrength                                                                        Specifies the strength of the temporal loop-filter. If this                    field is 00, the                                                               temporal filter is turned off for this picture.                       UsesSLF  Specifies whether this picture uses the spatial loop filter or                 not. The setting of                                                            this bit changes the meaning of macroblock types read from the                 bit stream.                                                           UsesBlockMV                                                                             If set, specifies that this picture may contain block-based (as                opposed to                                                                     macroblock-based) motion vectors. The setting of this bit                      changes the                                                                    meaning of macroblock types read from the bit stream.                 IntraFlag                                                                               If set to 1, denotes that this picture is entirely intra coded.       PictureXsize and                                                                        Contain the picture sizes divided by 4. Since these are 8-bit                  fields, this means                                                    PictureYsize                                                                            that MRV video can support picture sizes up to 1020 ×                    1020. These fields are                                                         present only if the PictureSize field = 7.                            ExtraInfoSize                                                                           This field is present only if the ExtraInfo bit is set earlier                 in the picture                                                                 header. It specifies the number of bytes of extra information                  (not including                                                                 this field) that is present in the picture header.                    ExtraInfoData                                                                           Extra information for private use by an encoder or decoder. An                 MRV video                                                                      decoder should simply skip over any ExtraInfoData present in a                 bitstream.                                                            QuantData                                                                               If present (as indicated by the QuantMatrices field), contains a               definition of the                                                              quantization parameters, the PowersOf2 flag, and possibly the                  two base                                                                       matrices as well. If this field is present, its first four bytes               are as follows:                                                                #  Bits         Field                                                          6               QuantStart                                                     6               QuantStep                                                      6               DCstep                                                         6               Tilt[0] (for inter)                                            6               Tilt[1] (for intra)                                            1               PowersOf2                                                      1               Reserved                                              __________________________________________________________________________

If indicated by the QuantMatrices field, the definition of the two base matrices follows. Each matrix consists of 64 6-bit fields packed into 48 bytes. The inter base matrix is first, followed by the intra. Each matrix is stored in "raster-scan" order.

Slice Layer

The data for one MRV video picture consists of a series of data groups for one or more slices. A slice is a contiguous group of one or more rows of macroblocks in the picture. The slices present in the bit stream "covers" all three planes (Y, U, and V) of the picture exactly (i.e., the whole picture is coded and no part of the picture is encoded more than once). Some slices may contain very little data (for example, if all macroblocks in the slice are empty), but they are all present in the data stream. Each slice in a picture is specified by start and size fields specifying the row and plane where the slice starts and its size (i.e., how many rows of macroblocks the slice contains). A slice is required to be confined to a single plane. The data for one slice consists of three sections, as follows:

SliceHeader MacroblockData BlockData

The format of the slice header is as follows:

    ______________________________________                                         # Bits       Field                                                             ______________________________________                                         *     18         Slice start code (00000000 00000000 11)                             6          SliceStart                                                          6          SliceSize                                                           2          Reserved                                                      ______________________________________                                    

where:

    ______________________________________                                         Slice start code                                                                         Identifies the start of a slice. This unique                                   code cannot occur elsewhere in the bit stream.                       SliceStart                                                                               Specifies where the slice starts in the picture.                               The units of SliceStart are interpreted as                                     follows: Take the rows of macroblocks in                                       each of the Y, U, and V planes and arrange                                     them in scan-line order, then concatenate the                                  rows for the planes into one long list. The                                    value of SliceStart is the (zero-based) index                                  into this list. For example, in a (160 × 120)                            picture, there are 8 rows of macroblocks in the                                Y plane and 2 rows in each of the U and V                                      planes. So SliceStart would take on a value                                    of 0 to 11, where 0 represents the top row of                                  macroblocks in the Y plane, 7 is the bottom row                                of the Y plane, 8 is the top row of the U                                      plane, etc.                                                          SliceSize Specifies the size of the slice in rows of                                     macroblocks. A slice is confined to a single                                   plane, but is allowed to start and end on any                                  row. A value of SliceSize which describes a                                    slice extending past the end of the plane is                                   illegal. Slices in a picture need not appear in                                the bit stream "in order". For example, a picture                              could have 4 slices, in the following order: U                                 plane, top half of Y plane, V plane, bottom                                    half of Y plane.                                                     Reserved  A 2-bit field reserved for future use (0 for now).                   ______________________________________                                    

Following the slice header is the Huffman-encoded macroblock and block data for one slice. The macroblock data always starts on a byte boundary, but the block data need not, as it is simply concatenated to the end of the macroblock data.

Macroblock Layer

The macroblock data describes the structure of each macroblock in a slice. The macroblock data consists of a series of "records" of the form:

    empty [empty . . . ]type [Qvalue][MV][MV2 MV3 MV4][cbp]

followed by the "separator" symbol 00011111, which separates the macroblock data from the block data for the slice. All of the symbols in the above record are encoded using the Macroblock Huffman table. The meaning of each of these fields is as follows:

The empty field gives information about how many empty macroblocks there are between this non-empty macroblock and the previous one. There may be more than one empty value, to indicate a long run of empty macroblocks.

The type field actually contains several bits of information about the macroblock. The decoded Huffman value is used as an index into one of the following four tables. The table to use is determined (on a per-picture basis) by the settings of the UsesSLF and UsesBlockMV bits in the picture header.

    ______________________________________                                         Table for UsesSLF = 0 and UsesBlockMV = 0:                                     Huff Value  Intra  NewQ        MV   Cbp                                        ______________________________________                                         0           0      0           0    1                                          1           0      0           1    1                                          2           0      1           0    1                                          3           0      1           1    1                                          4           1      0           0    0                                          5           1      1           0    0                                          6           0      0           1    0                                          ______________________________________                                    

    ______________________________________                                         Table for UsesSLF = 1 and UsesBlockMV = 0:                                     Huff Value                                                                               Intra    NewQ    MV     Cbp  SLF                                     ______________________________________                                         0         0        0       0      1    0                                       1         0        0       1      1    1                                       2         1        0       0      0    0                                       3         0        1       0      1    0                                       4         0        1       1      1    1                                       5         0        0       1      0    1                                       6         1        1       0      0    0                                       7         0        0       1      1    0                                       8         0        0       1      0    0                                       9         0        1       1      1    0                                       10        0        0       0      1    1                                       11        0        1       0      1    1                                       ______________________________________                                    

    ______________________________________                                         Table for UsesSLF = 0 and UsesBlockMV = 1:                                     Huff Value                                                                              Intra   NewQ     MV    Cbp   BlockMV                                  ______________________________________                                         0        0       0        0     1     0                                        1        0       0        1     1     0                                        2        0       1        0     1     0                                        3        0       1        1     1     0                                        4        1       0        0     0     0                                        5        1       1        0     0     0                                        6        0       0        1     0     0                                        7        0       0        1     1     1                                        8        0       1        1     1     1                                        9        0       0        1     0     1                                        ______________________________________                                    

    ______________________________________                                         Table for UsesSLF = 1 and UsesBlockMV = 1:                                     Huff Value                                                                              Intra  NewQ    MV    Cbp  SLF  BlockMV                                ______________________________________                                         0        0      0       0     1    0    0                                      1        0      0       1     1    1    0                                      2        1      0       0     0    0    0                                      3        0      1       0     1    0    0                                      4        0      1       1     1    1    0                                      5        0      0       1     0    1    0                                      6        1      1       0     0    0    0                                      7        0      0       1     1    0    0                                      8        0      0       1     0    0    0                                      9        0      1       1     1    0    0                                      10       0      0       1     1    1    1                                      11       0      1       1     1    1    1                                      12       0      0       1     0    1    1                                      13       0      0       1     1    0    1                                      14       0      0       1     0    0    1                                      15       0      1       1     1    0    1                                      16       0      0       0     1    1    0                                      17       0      1       0     1    1    0                                      ______________________________________                                    

The bits in these tables have the following meaning:

    ______________________________________                                         Intra   Says whether this macroblock is intra or not.                          NewQ    Says whether a quantization index (Qvalue) is                                  present in this record.                                                MV      Says whether a motion vector is present in this                                record.                                                                Cbp     Says whether a Cbp (coded block pattern) value is                              present in this record.                                                SLF     Says whether the spatial loop filter is to be                                  used for this macroblock.                                              BlockMV Says whether this record contains four motion                                  vectors (one for each block) or one.                                   ______________________________________                                    

Following the type field are the QValue, MV, and cbp fields, which are present only if indicated by the corresponding bit in the type.

QValue is the Huffman-encoded differential quantization value. The quantization value for this macroblock (thisQ) is calculated from the previous macroblock's value (prevQ) as follows:

    thisQ=prevQ+tosigned(Qvalue+1),

where tosigned() is a function which converts from an unsigned number to a signed number. The resulting thisQ value is a 4-bit value that specifies which of 16 quantization matrices to use. The value of prevQ is initialized to 8 at the start of each slice.

If MV=1, there is either one (if BlockMV=0) or four (if BlockMV=1) motion vectors present in this record. Each motion vector consists of two separate values, one for the x component and one for the y component. For both x and y, the actual vector component is calculated as:

    thisMV=prevMV+tosigned(huffman.sub.-- decoded.sub.-- value)

    if (thisMV>21)thisMV-=43;

    if (thisMV<-21) thisMV+=43;

In these equations, prevMV is the motion vector of the previous block or macroblock, depending on whether this macroblock has one or four motion vectors, and whether the previous macroblock had one or four motion vectors, as follows:

    ______________________________________                                         #MVs in:        Previous motion vector for:                                    prev    this    MV(or MV1) MV2    MV3  MV4                                     ______________________________________                                         1       1       MVprev                                                         1       4       MVprev     MV1    MV2  MV3                                     4       1       MV4prev                                                        4       4       MV4prev    MV1    MV2  MV3                                     ______________________________________                                    

MVn corresponds to block number n in the macroblock (according to the numbering shown in Macroblock and Block Structure). At the start of each row of macroblocks, the x and y components of prevMV are reset to zero. prevMV refers to the immediately-preceding macroblock. In particular, this means that if the preceding macroblock is empty, prevMV=0. A positive motion vector x component means that the prediction block in the previous picture is to the right of the block in the current picture. A positive y component means that the prediction block is below the block in the current picture. The x and y components are values in the range -21 to +21.

The cbp value in the record specifies which blocks in the macroblock are empty (i.e., have no coded transform coefficients). The cbp value is obtained by taking the Huffman-decoded value (which will be in the range 0-14), and indexing into the following table:

    Cbp Lookup Table: 15, 9, 3, 14, 7, 1, 11, 6, 2, 8, 13, 4, 12, 10, 5

cbp is never zero, since in that case the Cbp bit in the type field would be set to 0, and cbp would not be present in the record. The 4-bit cbp value specifies the emptiness of the 4 blocks in the macroblock, with bit=1 meaning "non-empty". The LSB of cbp applies to block #1, the next bit to block #2, etc. There are also two special cases:

(1) If the macroblock type says "intra," cbp is not present but is implied to be 15.

(2) If the macroblock type says "non-intra" and "cbp not present," cbp is implied to be 0.

Block Layer

The block data contains data for each of the coded (non-empty, non-phantom) blocks in a slice. Blocks are coded in macroblock scan order, and within each macroblock in counterclockwise order starting at the top left comer. The block data is terminated by a string of 14 zero bits, which is the first unused code in the block Huffman table. There are two cases:

(1) If the block data is followed by a slice header for another slice, the block data is padded (with zero bits) to the next byte boundary. This can be followed by a string of zero or more "padding bytes" of zeros, followed by the slice header for the next slice. Regardless of the number of padding bits or bytes, the zero bits which begin the next slice header guarantee that the block data is terminated by a string of 14 zero bits.

(2) If the block data is not followed by a slice header (either because the picture header was used to specify the slice structure, or because this is the last slice of the picture), then the encoder explicitly inserts the 14 zero bits. Then, the block data is padded with zero bits to the next byte boundary. If another (header-less) slice follows, its macroblock data follow immediately and padding bytes are not allowed.

In both cases, the macroblock data for a slice starts on a byte boundary. The general format of the block data is as follows:

    [Block 1 data][Block2Data]. . . 00000000000000

and the format of each block's data is as follows:

    [RunVal code or ESC run valLO valHI]. . . [RunVal code or ESC run valLO valHI]. . . EOB

The basic unit of block data is the "run/value pair" or run/val pair for short. Each run/val pair represents one non-zero FST frequency-domain coefficient. The commonly-occurring run/val pairs are encoded with a single code; others are encoded as ESC followed by the explicit run and value.

Audio Protocol

Referring now to FIG. 26, there is shown a representation of a compressed audio packet for conferencing system 100. The description for this section is the same as the description for the section of the same name in U.S. patent application filed Nov. 15, 1994 as application Ser. No. 08/340,172.

Compressed Audio Bitstream

The description for this section is the same as the description for the section of the same name in U.S. patent application filed Nov. 15, 1994 as application Ser. No. 08/340,172.

Data Protocol

The description for this section is the same as the description for the section of the same name in U.S. patent application filed Nov. 15, 1994 as application Ser. No. 08/340,172. Data conferencing application 504 is described in greater detail in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 08/137,319 (filed Oct. 14, 1993) and in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 08/170,146 (filed Dec. 20, 1993).

Communication-Level Protocols

The description for this section is the same as the description for the section of the same name in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 08/157,694.

Reliable Transport Comm Protocols

Referring now to FIG. 27, there is shown a representation of the reliable transport comm packet structure. The description for this section is the same as the description for the section of the same name in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 08/157,694.

Unreliable Transport Comm Protocols

Referring now to FIG. 28, there is shown a representation of the unreliable transport comm packet structure. The description for this section is the same as the description for the section of the same name in U.S. patent application filed Nov. 15, 1994 as application Ser. No. 08/340,172.

DLMLAN Protocols

The DLMLAN 1718 of FIG. 17 fragments the messages from TII 510 into packets to be transmitted to the network. As shown in FIG. 44, each packet contains the following header:

    __________________________________________________________________________     Byte Offset                                                                          Item                                                                     __________________________________________________________________________     0     Size of packets in bytes. (Format: WORD)                                 2     Remote receiving channel number. (Format: BYTE)                          3     Local originating channel number. (Format: BYTE)                         4     Offset into the current message of the start of this packet.                   (Format: WORD)                                                           6     Total size of the current message in bytes. (Format:                     __________________________________________________________________________           WORD)                                                               

Following the DLM header is an implementation defined number of data bytes.

MDM Protocols

For LAN transmissions, the MDMs 1720 of FIG. 17 wrap the DLM packet with the following header, as shown in FIG. 45:

    __________________________________________________________________________     Byte Offset                                                                          Item                                                                     __________________________________________________________________________     0     Signature on packet. (Format: 3 BYTEs containing ASCII                         representation of                                                              "MDM")                                                                   3     Function code. A value of 0 represents a data packet. (Format:                 BYTE)                                                                    4     MDM identifier for target connection. (Format: WORD)                     6     Sequence number. Monotonically increasing for packets on a single              connection. (Format: WORD)                                               8     16-bit CRC checksum on data in packet. (Format: WORD)                    10    Reserved. (Format: WORD)                                                 __________________________________________________________________________

Following the header is an implementation defined number of bytes containing the data of the packet.

MDM Protocol for Connection Setup and Tear Down

The MDMs place logical connections on top of typically connectionless network protocols. Therefore, the MDMs exchange messages which build the MDM logical connection. There are four messages exchanged by the MDMs: connection request, connection acknowledgment, connection close, and clear to send.

Connection Request

The connection request message (Open) requests the creation of connection between two MDMs. This message requests the target MDM to respond using its listening connection to begin the connection accept and establish sequence. The response expected is either an ACK or NAK message. If neither is received in one second from transmitting the Open, another Open is sent. If no response is received by the requestor within the timeout period, then the Open request is cancelled. The connection request is sent as the result of a call to MDM₋₋ MakeConnection. It has the following format:

    __________________________________________________________________________     Byte Offset                                                                          Item                                                                     __________________________________________________________________________     0     Signature on packet. (Format: 3 BYTEs containing ASCII                         representation of                                                              "MDM")                                                                   3     Function code. A value of 1 represents a connection request.                   (Format:                                                                       BYTE)                                                                    4     Reserved. (Format: 0)                                                    6     MDM identifier for source connection making request. (Format:                  WORD)                                                                    8     Flags, indicates if checksumming should be done on the packets. Set            if the                                                                         value is 1. (Format: WORD)                                               10    Source Address. (Format: Variable size field depending on                      transport. For                                                                 IPX, format: WORD containing the source socket. For UDP, format:               DWORD containing UDP address of source followed by WORD containing             the source socket. For NetBIOS, format: 16 bytes specifying the                source name                                                                    of the endpoint.                                                         __________________________________________________________________________

Immediately following source address (byte offset: 12 for IPX, 16 for UDP, 26 for NetBIOS) is the size of the user data block following the message (format: WORD). Immediately following the user data block size (byte offset: 14 for IPX, 18 for UDP, 28 for NetBIOS) is the user data block (format: uninterpreted block of up to 64 bytes of data sent to the MDM in MDM₋₋ MakeConnection), which may be used for CallerID information.

Connection Acknowledgement

The connection acknowledgment message (ACK) is the response to the Open request, if the receiver has a connection listening and expects to establish a connection. The acknowledgement of the connection request has the following format:

    __________________________________________________________________________     Byte Offset                                                                          Item                                                                     __________________________________________________________________________     0     Signature on packet. (Format: 3 BYTEs containing ASCII                         representation of                                                              "MDM")                                                                   3     Function code. A value of 2 represents a connection                            acknowledgement.                                                               (Format: BYTE)                                                           4     MDM identifier for target connection request completing. (Format:              WORD)                                                                    6     MDM identifier for source connection making request. (Format:                  WORD)                                                                    8-    Reserved.                                                                __________________________________________________________________________

Any remaining bytes of the packet are 0.

Connection Close

The connection close message (NAK) is the response to the connection request, if the receiver has no connection listening or does not expect to establish a connection. NAK is the request by either side of an accepted or established connection to close or destroy the connection. Currently, there is no response to this request. The close or reject message has the following format:

    __________________________________________________________________________     Byte Offset                                                                          Item                                                                     __________________________________________________________________________     0     Signature on packet. (Format: 3 BYTEs containing ASCII                         representation of                                                              "MDM")                                                                   3     Function code. A value of 3 represents a close connection message.             (Format:                                                                       BYTE)                                                                    4     MDM identifier for target connection request completing. (Format:              WORD)                                                                    6     MDM identifier for source connection making request. (Format:                  WORD)                                                                    8     Flags, contains the reject or close reason code. (Format: WORD)          10-...                                                                               Reserved.                                                                __________________________________________________________________________

Any remaining bytes of the packet are 0.

Clear To Send

The clear to send message (CTS) is the request by the receiver of the connection request message that the connection has been accepted and that the connection is ready to receive connection data messages. The response expected is either CTS, NAK, or a connection data message. If no response is received by the requestor in one second from transmitting the CTS request, another CTS is sent. If no response is received by the requestor within the timeout period, the CTS request is cancelled and the connection is closed. The response to the CTS request if the receiver has requested a connection be opened and expects to establish a connection. A clear to send message has the following format:

    __________________________________________________________________________     Byte Offset                                                                          Item                                                                     __________________________________________________________________________     0     Signature on packet. (Format: 3 BYTEs containing ASCII                         representation of                                                              "MDM")                                                                   3     Function code. A value of 4 represents a clear to send indication.             (Format:                                                                       BYTE)                                                                    4     MDM identifier for target connection. (Format: WORD)                     6     MDM identifier for source connection. (Format: WORD)                     8     Flags, 0 if this is a clear to send request, 1 if this is a clear              to send response.                                                              (Format: WORD)                                                           10-...                                                                               Reserved.                                                                __________________________________________________________________________

Any remaining bytes of the packet are 0.

Referring now to FIG. 46, there is shown a representation of the connection messages for a typical conferencing session from the perspective of the MDMs on the local and remote nodes.

Feature and Capability Negotiation

Conferencing Management

The description for this section is the same as the description for the section of the same name in U.S. patent application filed Nov. 15, 1994 as application Ser. No. 08/340,172.

Connection Management

Connection and Channel Setup

The description for this section is the same as the description for the section of the same name in U.S. patent application filed Nov. 15, 1994 as application Ser. No. 08/340,172.

Connection Shutdown and Error Handling

The description for this section is the same as the description for the section of the same name in U.S. patent application filed Nov. 15, 1994 as application Ser. No. 08/340,172.

Conference Login

The description for this section is the same as the description for the section of the same name in U.S. patent application filed Nov. 15, 1994 as application Ser. No. 08/340,172.

Capability Negotiation

The description for this section is the same as the description for the section of the same name in U.S. patent application filed Nov. 15, 1994 as application Ser. No. 08/340,172.

Capabilities Structure

The description for this section is the same as the description for the section of the same name in U.S. patent application filed Nov. 15, 1994 as application Ser. No. 08/340,172.

Requests and Responses

The description for this second is the same as the description for the section of the same name in U.S. patent application filed Nov. 15, 1994 as application Ser. No. 08/340,172.

CallerCapRequest

The description for this section is the same as the description for the section of the same name in U.S. patent application filed Nov. 15, 1994 as application Ser. No. 08/340,172.

CallerCapCancel

The description for this section is the same as the description for the section of the same name in U.S. patent application filed Nov. 15, 1994 as application Ser. No. 08/340,172.

CalleeCapAccept

The description for this section is the same as the description for the section of the same name in U.S. patent application filed Nov. 15, 1994 as application Ser. No. 08/340,172.

CalleeCapReject

The description for this section is the same as the description for the section of the same name in U.S. patent application filed Nov. 15, 1994 as application Ser. No. 08/340,172.

CalleeCapResponse

The description for this section is the same as the description for the section of the same name in U.S. patent application filed Nov. 15, 1994 as application Ser. No. 08/340,172.

Video Negotiation

Conferencing system 100 is able to support different modes of video processing, where each different mode is defined by a set of four parameters:

(1) Bitstream format: the format of the compressed video bitstream (may also imply the techniques used to code and decode the compressed video stream).

(2) Frame rate: the maximum number of video frames per second.

(3) Frame resolutions: the dimensions of the video frames in number of pixels wide and number of pixels high.

(4) Bit rate: the maximum bit rate for the compressed video bitstream.

In a possible embodiment of the present invention, these four parameters are independent and theoretically limitless in variety. In another embodiment, however, the parameters are both limited and dependent. As to the limits to the parameters:

(1) The possible bitstream formats are limited to the so-called IRV bitstream (as defined in FIG. 25) and the so-called MRV bitstream (as defined in this specification in the section entitled "Compressed Multi-Rate Video Bitstream").

(2) The possible maximum frame rates are limited to integer numbers of frames per second from 1 to 30 fps, inclusive.

(3) The possible frame resolutions are limited to (160×120) and (320×240).

(4) The possible maximum bit rates are limited to 200 kilobits per second (kbps), 90 kbps, and 84 kbps.

As to the interdependency of the parameters, the allowable video modes are limited to a specified set of supported combinations of the four parameters. The set of supported combinations are enumerated in a table in the video subsystem, which identifies the relative preferences for the combinations. For example, a possible table may contain the following supported video mode:

    __________________________________________________________________________     Choice                                                                             Bit Stream                                                                            Frame Rate                                                                            Resolution                                                                            Bit Rate                                                                            32-bit Code                                      __________________________________________________________________________     1st MRV    15 fps (160x120)                                                                             200 kbps                                                                            2048                                             2nd MRV    10 fps (160x120)                                                                             90 kbps                                                                             1024                                             3rd MRV    10 fps (160x120)                                                                             84 kbps                                                                             512                                              4th IRV    10 fps (160x120)                                                                             84 kbps                                                                             2                                                __________________________________________________________________________

Two nodes that want to have a video conference will negotiate with each other to select a video processing mode (i.e., a specific combination of the four parameters) for the conferencing session. In one mechanism for conducting video negotiation, each step in the video negotiation involves one node sending to the other node a capabilities data structure that encodes a particular set of video capabilities. The data structure contains a 32-bit field encoding the capabilities in separate bits, where each bit is a yes/no value for a different combination such as those listed in the previous table. For example, the capabilities for all four video mode choices listed in the previous table may be encoded as follows:

    2 ORed with 512 ORed with 1024 ORed with 2048=0×00000E02

In an alternative embodiment of the present invention, the mechanism for conducting video negotiation between two conferencing systems 100 of FIG. 1 assumes that the four video parameters are in fact independent. Under this mechanism, each step in the video negotiation involves one node sending to the other node a capabilities data structure that encodes a particular set of video capabilities. The data structure contains a 32-bit field, such that:

One byte encodes bitstream formats, where each bit is a yes/no value for a different bitstream format.

One byte encodes a maximum frame rate as an 8-bit value.

One byte encodes frame resolutions, where each bit is a yes/no value for a different frame resolution.

One byte encodes a maximum bit rate as an 8-bit value were the value of the LSB is 2.

For example, the capabilities for all four video mode choices listed above may be encoded as follows:

Bitstream format byte=(00000011 ), where the LSB indicates that the IRV bitstream is supported and the next LSB indicates that the MRV bitstream is supported.

Frame rate byte=(00001111) corresponding to 15 fps.

Frame resolution byte=(00000001), where the LSB indicates that the (160×120) frame resolution is supported and the next LSB indicates that the (320×240) frame resolution is not supported.

Bit rate byte=(01011111) corresponding to 200 kbps.

In yet another alternative embodiment, video negotiation is based on combinations of bitstream format, maximum frame rate, and frame resolution, where the maximum bit rate is externally specified.

Referring now to FIG. 47, there is shown a flow diagram of the video negotiation processing between two conferencing systems 100 (i.e., node A and node B) of FIG. 1. Node A sends a negotiation proposal to node B, where the proposal contains a set of capabilities encoded in the 32-bit capabilities data structure as described above (step 4702). If the proposal corresponds to a unique video mode (i.e., the proposed capabilities include only one bitstream format and only one frame resolution) and if that proposed video mode is acceptable to node B (step 4704), then the video negotiations have successfully chosen a video mode acceptable to both nodes and node B sends the same proposal back to node A to accept the video mode for video conferencing (step 4706).

If, however, the proposal is not a unique video mode (e.g., there is more than one bitstream format and/or frame resolution) or if the proposal is not acceptable to node B (e.g., frame rate and/or bit rate is too high) (step 4704), node B determines whether it can make a counter proposal to node A (step 4708). A counter proposal is a subset of the capabilities contained in the previous proposal (e.g., lower frame rate or bit rate, fewer bitstream formats or frame resolutions). If node B does not have a counter proposal, then the video negotiations have failed and node B sends node A a message rejecting the conference (step 4710).

if node B does have a counter proposal, then node B sends its counter proposal to node A (step 4712). Steps 4712-4720 are analogous to steps 4702-4710 except that the roles of node A and node B are reversed. The video negotiation processing of FIG. 47 continues until either a mutually acceptable video mode is selected (i.e., successful video negotiation) or nodes A and B are unable to identify a mutually acceptable video mode (i.e., unsuccessful video negotiation).

In an embodiment in which the allowable video modes are contained in a table in the video subsystem, it will be understood that the proposals and counter proposals are constrained to being based on the specific modes in the table.

In theory, the processing within a node for determining whether a proposed unique mode is acceptable and for generating a counter proposal to a particular proposal may depend on one or more of the following influences:

The particular transport(s) that are available (e.g., LAN or ISDN).

The CPU processing bandwidth available for video processing.

The type of hardware installed in conferencing system 100 (e.g., the type of video board 204 of FIG. 2 may influence which bitstream formats are supported).

To a certain extent, these considerations are determined off line when the video subsystem table of mode choices is generated.

Video Manager Negotiation Support

Video manager 516 supports the following three interfaces to support video negotiation.

VSystemAttrMap

DWORD VSystemAttrMap (DWORD, DWORD);

The VSystemAttrMap function takes a DWORD bit rate parameter and a DWORD flags parameter. The bit rate parameter is used by the caller to indicate the maximum communications bandwidth that can be used by a video stream (unidirectional). Units are in kbits per second. The flags parameter is for future use, and is undefined. VSystemAttrMap returns DWORD bitmap used to code a range of video attributes. The returned attributes bitmap is a function of the bit rate specified. For example, the attributes map may differ if the communications media is ISDN or LAN, where the former may allocate approximately 90 kbits for video and the latter may allocate 150-300 kbits for video.

VDecodeAttrMap

VSTATUS VDecodeAurMap (DWORD, LPVINFO);

The VDecodeAttrMap function decodes bitmap attributes into existing VINFO structure. VDecodeAttrMap takes DWORD bitmap which defines video attributes and a VINFO structure. VDecodeAttrMap modifies (or builds) VINFO structure to reflect the DWORD bitmap defined attributes. The VINFO fields wCaptureFormat, wMaxFrameRate, wWidth, and wHeight may be modified as a result of VDecodeAttrMap. The VINFO structure is of type LOCAL₋₋ STREAM. The decode produces a unique VINFO structure, and if the input attributes map defines multiple options, then the best case (latest algorithm, highest frame rate, greatest capture resolution) is chosen.

VNegotiate

DWORD VNegotiate (DWORD, DWORD);

The VNegotiate function carries out a negotiation/comparison between two system attribute maps. VNegotiate takes a DWORD bitmap of a local system and a DWORD bitmap of a remote system. VNegotiate returns a DWORD bitmap that is the result of an internal video manager negotiation of video attributes. If the returned value is zero, then negotiation failed. If the returned value is non-zero, then negotiation was successful and the returned value defines attributes common to the two systems. In order that repeated video negotiation is not required, if a non-zero value is returned, then it represents a unique set of video attributes which can be supported at both endpoints. This interface frees upper layer software (e.g., VCI 506) from interpreting and negotiating defined attribute bitmaps.

The following represents and example of the usage of these video negotiation functions:

    __________________________________________________________________________     dwAttributes                                                                          = VSystemAttrMap(DWORD)90, (DWORD)0);                                                                  // ISDN call attempted.                         wVStatus                                                                              = VDecodeAttrMap(dwAttributes, &stVInfo);                               wVStatus                                                                              = VOpen(&stVInfo, &hVStrm, . . .);                                      wVStatus                                                                              = VCapture(hVStrm, ON);                                                 wVStatus                                                                              = VMonitor(hVStrm, ON);                                                 . . .                                                                          // At call establishment VCI negotiation:                                      <"begin VCI negotiation" (produces dwRemoteAttributes)>                        dwNegotiatedAttributes = VNegotiate(dwAttributes, dwRemoteAttributes);         <"end VCI negotiation">                                                        if (!dwNegotiatedAttributes)                                                                 // Common video attributes between endpoints could not be                      established. Audio/data call only?                               return("Failed negotiation -- Video cannot be established between              participants");                                                                }                                                                              if (dwNegotiatedAttributes!=dwAttributes)                                                           // Capture stream requires adjustment as a                                     result of negotiation.                                    {                                                                              // Rebuild VINFO structure to define new video.                                wVStatus = VDecodeAttrMap(dwNegotiatedAttributes, &stVInfo);                   wVStatus = VReOpen(hVStrm, &stVInfo, . . .);                                   wVStatus = VCapture(hVStrm, ON);                                               wVStatus = VMonitor(hVStrm, ON);                                               }                                                                              // Capture stream set correctly, call established, now link out video.         wVStatus = VLinkOut(hVStrm, . . .);                                            . . .                                                                          __________________________________________________________________________

Participant Information Exchange

The description for this section is the same as the description for the section of the same name in U.S. patent application filed Nov. 15, 1994 as application Ser. No. 08/340,172.

Caller Attributes and Call Progress

The MakeConnection message contains 64 bytes of user-interpreted data (i.e., a 64-byte field that the user is free to define). A user may use some or all of that field to identify certain attributes of the caller when the caller sends the MakeConnection message to a remote node (callee). These attributes may include the name of the user. In this case, the callee will know who is trying to place a conference call before the conference call is actually accepted by the callee. When the callee is not operating in an auto-answer mode, the callee displays the user-interpreted information contained in the MakeConnection message as part of a dialog box that gives the user of the remote node the option of accepting or rejecting the conference call based on that information.

When a caller attempts to place a conference call to a callee, the duration from the time that the user starts the process (e.g., selecting a "dial the selected phone number" option in a dialog box) until the time that the attempt to place the conference call succeeds or fails may be anywhere from a few seconds to as long as a minute. The caller user is presented with feedback to indicate the progress of the conference call during that duration. Similarly, the callee user is also presented with appropriate call-progress feedback.

The call-progress information presented to the caller user may include audible ringing or a display of simulated ringing (e.g., displaying a graphics image of a phone surrounded by vibration lines). When the attempt to place the conference call is successful, the caller notifies the user with an appropriate graphical display. Since a callee provides a reason code when rejecting a conference call, in that case, the caller displays the reason why the call was rejected to the user.

For the callee, the call-progress information may include a display notifying the callee that a connection has been requested. This display includes the name of the caller user when that information is provided in the user-interpreted data field. The callee also presents a graphical display to the user when the attempt to place the conference call is either successful or unsuccessful, in which case, the caller's reason for rejecting is presented.

Referring now to FIG. 48, there is shown a flow diagram of the call-progress processing when the placement of a conference call is successful. The call-progress processing of FIG. 48 may be summarized as follows:

The caller user uses a dialog box to ask for a conference call to be placed to the callee (step 4802).

The caller network stack puts a connection request packet on the network to the callee (step 4804). It will be understood that steps 4802 and 4804 include all the necessary inter-layer communications from the caller conferencing application through to the caller network stack as shown in FIGS. 5 and 17.

The network stack informs the caller that the connection request was placed on the network (step 4806).

The caller presents ringing to the caller user (step 4808).

Some time after step 4804, the callee receives the connection request packet over the network (step 4810).

The callee sends an acknowledgment packet for the receipt of the connection request packet over the network to the caller (step 4812).

Some time after step 4812, the caller receives the acknowledgment packet from the callee over the network (step 4814).

After step 4812, the callee informs the callee user that the caller is trying to place a conference call, where the callee identifies the caller user to the callee user (step 4816).

The callee user selects the dialog box option to accept the conference call (step 4818).

The callee sends a connection accepted packet over the network to the caller (step 4820).

The caller receives the connection accepted packet over the network from the callee (step 4822).

The caller informs the caller user that the connection has been established (step 4824).

After step 4822, the caller sends a connection accepted packet back to the callee over the network (step 4826).

The callee receives the connection accepted packet over the network from the caller (step 4828).

The callee informs the callee user that the connection has been established (step 4830).

As shown in FIG. 48, the caller presents ringing to the user (step 4808) after it receives acknowledgment from the network stack that the connection request packet has been placed on the network (step 4806). In an alternative embodiment, the caller waits until after receiving the packet acknowledging receipt of the connection request packet by the callee (step 4814) before presenting ringing to the caller user.

If the callee rejects the conference call from the caller (instead of step 4818), then the callee sends a connection rejected packet to the caller over the network (instead of step 4820). In this case, after the caller receives the connection rejected packet (instead of step 4822), the caller informs the caller user that the conference call was rejected and present the callee's reason for the rejection (instead of step 4824). In this case, steps 4826, 4828, and 4830 are omitted.

Conference Participation Message

The description for this section is the same as the description for the section of the same name in U.S. patent application filed Nov. 15, 1994 as application Ser. No. 08/340,172.

Flow Control Over Reliable Channels

Referring now to FIG. 36, there is shown a flow diagram of the processing of conferencing systems A and B of FIG. 1 to control the flow of signals over reliable channels. The description for this section is the same as the description for the section of the same name in U.S. patent application filed Nov. 15, 1994 as application Ser. No. 08/340,172.

Preemptive Priority-Based Transmission

Referring now to FIG. 37, there is shown a flow diagram of the preemptive priority-based transmission processing implemented by the communications subsystem of conferencing system 100 of FIG. 1. The description for this section is the same as the description for the section of the same name in U.S. patent application filed Nov. 15, 1994 as application Ser. No. 08/340,172.

Rate Negotiation

Referring now to FIGS. 38-41, there are shown state diagrams for the rate negotiation processing. The description for this section is the stone as the description for the section of the same name in U.S. patent application filed Nov. 15, 1994 as application Ser. No. 08/340,172.

Dial Lists

The conferencing application presents to the user a dialog box containing an alphabetized directory of possible callees for conferencing sessions. The user is able to initiate a conference call to one or more callees by selecting from the listed callees.

The conferencing systems support the ability to maintain and access different lists of possible callees. For example, there is a network list maintained by a network administrator and a personal list for each conferencing node. The network and personal lists may overlap (i.e., share a subset of possible callees). The node user is able to access and edit (i.e., read/write/delete) her own personal list, but can only access (i.e., read only) the network list and the personal lists of other nodes.

A node user is presented with the option of (1) accessing her personal list only or (2) accessing a combination (i.e., union) of her personal list and one other selected list (i.e., either the network list or the personal list of another node). When the combined list is selected, it is displayed as if it were a single alphabetized list with the callees from the user's personal list identified in some fashion (e.g., displayed in a different color)

Interrupt-Time Processing for Receiving Data Signals

As described earlier in this specification, video conferencing system 100 of FIG. 5 is implemented under a Microsoft® Windows™ operating system running on host processor 202 of conferencing system 100. Host processor 202 of conferencing system 100 receives data signals from and transmits data signals to hardware components that are external to host processor 202. For example, during a LAN-based audio/video conference, host processor 202 receives compressed video signals from video board 204 and compressed audio signals from audio/comm (ISDN) board 206, and transmits these compressed audio and video signals to LAN board 210 for transmission over the LAN to a remote conferencing system. Similarly, LAN board 210 transmits to host processor 202 the compressed audio and video signals which it receives over the LAN from the remote conferencing system. Host processor 202 then transmits the compressed audio signals to audio/comm (ISDN) board 206 for decompression and playback. The compressed video signals are decompressed by host processor 202.

Since host processor 202 is a serial processor, the various software components that run on host processor 202 operate serially, that is, only one software component operates at a time. The operating system of host processor 202 controls the operations of the various software components by establishing a task schedule by which the operating system allocates the processing time of host processor 202 to the software components.

In addition to being a serial processor, host processor 202 is also a preemptlye processor. As a preemptlye processor, the operating system is able to suspend the implementation of one function by host processor 202 to have host processor 202 perform a second function. After the second function has completed, the operating system causes host processor 202 to resume the implementation of the first function from where it left off.

An external hardware component (e.g., video board 204, LAN board 210, or audio/comm (ISDN) board 206) can ask the operating system to have host processor 202 perform a particular function by sending host processor 202 an interrupt signal. The operating system may cause the requested function to be performed as a scheduled task of the normal task schedule. In this case, the performance of the task is delayed until the operating system schedules the task. Alternatively, the operating system may perform the requested function preemptively. That is, the operating system may cause host processor 202 to suspend what it was doing long enough for host processor 202 to perform the requested function. In this case, the preemptive processing is said to be implemented during interrupt time.

For example, when LAN board 210 receives compressed audio and video signals over the LAN from a remote conferencing system, LAN board sends host processor 202 an interrupt signal to inform host processor 202 that LAN board 210 has received data signals for host processor 202 to process. In order to provide high quality playback during audio/video conferencing (especially for the audio signals), it is important to process the received data signals as quickly as possible. If host processor 202 were to process the received data signals during a normally scheduled task of the operating system, then the resulting quality of the audio/video conference may be relatively low, since there is no guarantee of a scheduled task executing within a reasonable period of time under the Microsoft® Windows™ operating system.

The audio/video conferencing system processes the received audio and video signals preemptively during interrupt time. By processing the received data signals at interrupt time, the audio/video conferencing system is able to provide higher quality, audio and video playback than would otherwise be provided if such processing were implemented as a normally scheduled operating system task.

In a possible embodiment of an audio/video conferencing system, the processing of the received audio and video signals could be attempted to be implemented during the "receive" interrupt time that follows the interrupt signal from LAN card 210 which informs host processor 202 that LAN card 210 has received compressed audio and video signals for host processor 202 to process. It has been discovered, however, that, under Microsoft® Windows™ operating systems, when the audio/video conferencing system attempts to process completely the received data signals during the receive interrupt time, there may be undesirable results. For example, the operating system may crash (i.e., cease proper operations).

Referring now to FIG. 49, there is shown a representation of the interrupt-time processing for receiving data signals by audio/video conferencing system 100 of FIG. 5. When LAN board 210 sends host processor 202 a receive interrupt signal (i.e., informing operating system 4902 that LAN board 210 has received compressed audio/video signals), operating system 4902 suspends the current processing of host processor 202 and passes the interrupt signal to LAN comm stack 560. LAN comm stack 560 passes the interrupt signal to comm manager 518. Comm manager 518 causes the LAN comm software to read the received data signals from LAN board 210. The LAN comm software passes the received data signals to comm manager 518, which stores the received data signals into a queue in memory for subsequent processing. All of this processing occurs during the receive interrupt time that follows the receive interrupt signal. The interrupt processing then terminates and the operating system causes host processor 202 to resume the processing that had previously been suspended.

Operating system 4902 receives regular clock interrupt signals (e.g., every approximately 10 milliseconds). Operating system 4902 passes these clock interrupt signals to comm manager 518. Comm manager 518 uses the clock interrupt time (which follows a clock interrupt signal) to complete the processing of any received audio and video signals that were queued into memory during the previous receive interrupt time. This clock-interrupt-time processing includes passing the received audio and video signals from the comm manager 518 to the transport independent interface 510, which distributes the audio signals to the audio manager 520 and the video signals to the video manager 516 fix decompression and playback processing. After the audio and video signals have been processed, the interrupt processing terminates and the operating system 4902 causes host processor 202 to resume the processing that had previously been suspended.

It has been discovered that this strategy of completing the processing of the received data signals during the clock interrupt time avoids the problems that may be associated with attempting to process completely the received data signals during the receive interrupt time.

Interrupt-Time Processing for Transmitting Data Signals

During a conferencing session, conferencing system 100 generates audio and video signals for transmission to a remote conferencing system. These data signals become available for transmission in discrete packets at discrete moments. That is, the data signals are not generated by conferencing system 100 in a perfectly steady stream. For example, when video signals are generated at a rate of 10 frames per second, a set of compressed video signals corresponding to a video frame is generated once every 100 milliseconds. The set becomes available for transmission only after the entire frame has been compressed. Thus, video signals become ready for transmission in discrete sets at discrete moments.

For typical video frames, each set of compressed video signals is broken up into a plurality of data packets for transmission, for example, over the LAN. If the conferencing system 100 attempted to transmit all of the data packets for a video frame as soon as the data packets were ready, the LAN board would transmit the packets one right after the other with very little time between packets and the remote conferencing system may not be able to receive and process all of the data packets in such a short period of time. As a result, some of the data packets may be dropped by the remote conferencing system causing the quality of the conferencing session to be adversely affected.

Referring now to FIG. 50, there is shown a representation of the interrupt-time processing for transmitting data signals by audio/video conferencing system 100 of FIG. 5. Rather than transmitting all of the data packets as soon as they become available for transmission, conferencing system 100 uses the 10-msec clock interrupt signals (described in the previous section of this specification) to spread out the packet transmission.

As shown in FIG. 50, video board 204 sends a "data-ready" interrupt signal to the host processor 202 to inform the operating system 4902 that a set of compressed video signals corresponding to a video frame has been generated. The operating system 4902 passes this interrupt signal to the video manager 516. During the data-ready interrupt time, the video manager 516 reads the compressed video signals from the video board 204 and passes the compressed video signals to the transport independent interface 510. TII 510 passes the compressed video signals to the comm manager 518, which divides the video signals into packets for transmission over the LAN. Analogous processing is implemented for the compressed audio signals generated by the audio/comm (ISDN) board 206.

No packets are sent over the link to the remote conferencing system during the data-ready interrupt time. Rather, packets are sent during the interrupt times that follow the 10-msec clock interrupt signals. When the comm manager 518 receives a clock interrupt signal from the operating system 4902, if there are one or more packets ready to be sent, then the comm manager 518 sends a single packet to the LAN comm software 560 for transmission over the LAN to the remote conferencing system. The result is that the transmission of packets is spread over time with at most one packet being transmitted every 10 msec.

By spreading the transmission of packets over time, the conferencing system 100 increases the probability that the remote conferencing system will have time to receive and process all of the packets. The result is improved quality of the conferencing session due to the reduced number of packet drops by the remote conferencing system.

Those skilled in the art will understand that other embodiments fall within the scope of the present invention. For example, the time period between clock interrupt signals may be other than 10 msec. In addition, the maximum number of packets transmitted during any one clock interrupt time may be other than 1.

Auto Registration and Remote Confidence Testing

Auto registration is a process, along with appropriate mechanisms and utilities, for electronically registering a video conferencing product. The registration information is deposited in a customer support database for registered products. Auto registration is coupled with remote confidence testing, through which customers can test their ISDN line as well as the basic functionality of their conferencing product.

A purpose of auto registration is to collect registration data for the product manufacturer. Auto registration is designed to increase the percentage of customers who register their products by providing an easy and quick user interaction. The auto registration design allows for future changes and expansions.

Referring now to FIG. 51, there is shown a representation of auto registration environment 5100 for video conferencing. The auto registration environment 5100 comprises a new video conferencing node 100 connected via network 110 to one more confidence test servers 5104. The confidence test servers 5104 are in turn connected via local area network (LAN) 5106 to a network comprising an auto registration database (ARD) node 5110 and a customer support node 5108. It is assumed that, when network 110 is an ISDN network, the ISDN line is connected to new node 100 and has been tested for functionality by the appropriate regional phone company.

New node 100 is operated by a customer who has purchased a video conferencing product according to the present invention. New node 100 comprises the following components/software packages:

A personal computer with an Intel® i486™/33 MHz processor or higher, VGA monitor or better, and at least 8 megabytes of random access memory (RAM);

An audio/comm (ISDN) board such as audio/comm (ISDN) board 206 of FIG. 2;

ALAN board such as LAN board 210 of FIG. 2;

A video board such as video board 204 of FIG. 2;

Video conferencing system software and video conferencing application software, such as those shown in FIG. 5: and

Installation and diagnostics software.

Each confidence test server (CTS) 5104 is a high-speed personal computer with an Intel® i486™ or better processor. The confidence test servers 5104 provide three types of services:

(1) Accepts a registration form from new node I00 and deposits it into the auto registration database of ARD node 5110.

(2) Plays an audio/video segment from a PC/VCR of CTS 5104 to test the basic video conferencing functionality of new node 100. In this case, CTS 5104 behaves exactly like a remote node to the new node. That is, the video and audio streams go through the real-time video conferencing mechanisms that two live nodes would go through.

(3) Downloads an applet (e.g., answering machine software) to new node 100 and installs it in the appropriate directory.

A typical configuration for confidence test server 5104 is as follows:

A personal computer with an Intel® i486™/33 MHz processor or higher, VGA monitor or better, at least 8 megabytes of random access memory (RAM), at least 380 megabytes of hard drive;

An audio/comm (ISDN) board such as audio/comm (ISDN) board 206 of FIG. 2;

A LAN board such as LAN board 210 of FIG. 2;

A video board such as video board 204 of FIG. 2;

A high-speed FAX/Modem 400E (e.g., to dial via a modem into the auto registration database of ARD node 5110);

A 32-bit LAN adapter card;

A personal computer video cassette recorder (PC/VCR) connected to the host processor through the serial port:

Video conferencing system software, such as that shown in FIG. 5; and

Microsoft® Windows for Workgroup™ or other appropriate software.

In an auto registration environment having more than one new node 100, all of the new nodes access the confidence test servers 5104 using the same telephone number. In such an environment, when two or more new nodes 100 are simultaneously calling into two or more confidence test servers 5104, hub 5102 dispatches each incoming call to the next available CTS 5104.

A PC/VCR is connected to the communications port of the host processor of each CTS 5104 via a serial line. The PC/VCR plays an audio/video segment (up to approximately 30 seconds long) to the new node. The audio and video signals from the PC/VCR are input to the audio/comm (ISDN) board and the video board, respectively. In an alternative embodiment, a programmable laser disk is used instead of a PC/VCR. In another alternative embodiment, the confidence test server 5104 is able to record the user of the new node in real time and play back the session to the user as part of the confidence testing. In yet another alternative embodiment, a live operator operates the confidence test server 5104 to provide confidence testing services to the new nodes.

In another embodiment, the CTS consists of a PC that plays an audio-video clip recorded in an AVI (audio-video-interleaved) file. The AVI file is played on a PC running Microsoft® Video for Windows™ software. A video capture board is used on this machine to generate NTSC (National Television Standards Committee) video signals. These video signals are then fed as camera input to a CTS.

Auto registration database (ARD) node 5110 provides the auto registration database into which the confidence test servers 5104 deposit the completed registration forms. The confidence test servers 5104 are connected to ARD node 5110 over a local area network, such as LAN 5106, and the registration forms are transmitted from CTS 5104 to ARD node 5110 over the LAN. Alternatively, a modem may be used for the registration form transfer. The registration forms are deposited into the auto registration database of ARD node 5110 as a transaction to assure data integrity.

Referring now to FIG. 52, there is shown a representation of the architecture for auto registration and remote confidence testing for the new node of FIG. 51. Auto registration software consists of a library module that manages the registration user interface for all products and independent communication modules that support different communication media such as modem and ISDN. The user interface uses the services of the communication modules in a media-independent fashion through a common communication interface. All the necessary information required to create dialog boxes is stored in two files: the ICOMM.INI file and a product-specific table.

As a step in initialization during setup, ICOMM.INI is created. The registration status for each product may be one of two states: SETUP and REGISTERED. On initialization, the status for each product is set to SETUP. The state SETUP is meant mainly for the case where the system is rebooted. Every time the product application is run, it will read ICOMM.INI to check the registration status. In the case of the first run after a reboot, the registration status will have the entry set to SETUP. This will tell the application that it has to bring up the dialog box. Once the dialog box is invoked, the state SETUP has no more meaning. The complete product status entry will be deleted in both reboot and no reboot cases. Thereon, depending on the choice of the user to register or not, the registration status will be modified.

If the user decides to register and if the registration is successful, then the product status entry is created and its value is set to REGISTERED. If registration fails, then there is no action and the product status entry will not be present. In that case, the next time a standalone auto registration program is run, it will fail to find the product status entry in ICOMM.INI and thereby know that the product was not registered earlier.

Auto registration will be invoked at different times depending on whether installation requires the system to be rebooted or not. If the product requires no additional hardware for installation, then auto registration is called as the last step in the setup process. The user's choice to register or not is recorded in ICOMM.INI. When the main application is started again, ICOMM.INI will be read and if the product status entry is SETUP, the auto registration will be invoked again. The user's new choice will be recorded in ICOMMINI and registration will proceed if required.

If the system needs to be rebooted after installing any hardware, then auto registration will be called only by the main application and not by setup. The application will read ICOMM.INI and find the product status entry to be set to SETUP. In that case, the application will prompt the user to register. The user's new choice will be recorded in ICOMM.INI and registration will proceed if required.

Referring now to FIG. 53, there is shown a flow diagram of the processing for the auto registration and remote confidence testing of auto registration environment 5100 of FIG. 51. This processing is implemented as a client/server application, where the client is a new node 100 and the server is a confidence test server 5104.

New node 100 places a call to connect to a CTS 5104 (step 5302 of FIG. 53) and transmits a registration record (step 5304). In response, CTS 5104 runs the remote confidence test (step 5306). Depending upon the results of the remote confidence test, new node 100 sends CTS 5104 an appropriate acknowledgement/failure message (step 5308). CTS 5104 may then download a free applet onto new node 100 (step 5310), which installs the applet (step 5312). A purpose of the free applet is to encourage new users to register their nodes. After CTS 5104 disconnects (step 5314), CTS 5104 deposits the registration record into the auto registration database of ARE) node 5110 (step 5316) and reports any failures to customer support node 5108 (step 53 18).

The processing shown in FIG. 53 may be altered to cover a number of possible alternatives for auto registration, such as:

Auto registration only (i.e., no incentives);

Auto registration+confidence testing;

Auto registration+free applet; and

Auto registration+confidence testing+free applet.

Referring now to FIG. 54, there is shown a flow diagram of the processing implemented by the client (i.e., new node 100) for the auto registration processing of FIG. 53. As one of the last steps in installation (or re-installation) and diagnostics for new node 100, a dialog box is displayed to inform the user that he/she may complete the installation by implementing remote confidence testing of the product and registering the product at the same time (step 5402 of FIG. 54). Alternatively, auto registration may be invoked by the main application after the point where the detection of the presence of hardware and drivers is found to be successful. If the user does not want to register the new node 100 and selects the "Cancel" option (step 5404), then the product registration status variable Auto₋₋ Reg₋₋ State is set to the value NOT₋₋ REGISTERED (step 5406) and the auto registration processing is terminated.

If the user does want to register the new node 100 and the "OK" option is selected, then a registration record is prepared (step 5408). A registration record contains user information, extended user information, communications settings, communication port settings, the phone/ISDN number, the product serial number, username/password for server, and the date that the registration record is prepared. The information is stored in the ICOMM.INI file.

User information includes the name, address, phone number, facsimile number, and position of the user. User information is common for the registration of all products of that user. Extended user information, on the other hand, is information that may vary from product to product and includes answers to specific questions posed to the user about the particular product. Extended user information is stored in a separate table for each product.

Communications settings information is the source of information required to set up communications. In the case of modem, it includes port, baud rate, word length, start bits, stop bits, and parity. Communications port settings provides auto registration with information as to how the communications ports are mapped to the PC interrupt request levels. The phone/ISDN number is the server phone number or ISDN number that is to be dialed in order to transmit the registration record.

The product serial number may be stored either on the installation diskettes or in a word in the EEPROM. During setup, the setup program obtains the serial number from the appropriate source and writes it under a SERIAL₋₋ NUMBER key in the ICOMM.INI file. Since the serial number in ICOMM.INI may get corrupted, if the user decides to register the product at a time other than during the initial setup, instead of reading the serial number form the ICOMM.INI file, the application is requested to read the serial number form the appropriate source and write it to ICOMM.INI. In other words, the serial number is buffered in ICOMM.INI for auto registration to read.

After the registration record is prepared, the user initiates a video conference call from the new node 100 to confidence test server 5104, using a designated toll-free number (step 5408). If the call is not completed (either because the line is busy or because of a line problem (step 5410), then the product registration status variable Auto₋₋ Reg₋₋ State is set to the value NOT₋₋ REGISTERED (step 5406) and the auto registration processing is terminated.

If the connection to CTS 5104 is established, then the new node 100 sends the registation record to CTS 5104, sets the product registration status variable Auto₋₋ Reg₋₋ State to the value IS₋₋ REGISTERED, sets the confidence test timer, and waits for remote confidence testing (step 5412). If the confidence timer times out without receiving any messages or active streams from CTS 5104 (step 5414), then a failure message is displayed (step 5416) and the auto registration processing continues to step 5420.

Otherwise, the new node 100 receives and renders an audio/video clip from CTS 5104 (step 5418). Dialog boxes are then displayed for the user to report to CTS 5104 the audio and video status of the clip and to save the confidence test results (step 5420). The new node 100 then receives and installs the free applet from the CTS 5104 (step 5422). The new node terminates the auto registration processing by disconnecting from the CTS 5104 (step 5424).

Referring now to FIG. 55, there is shown a flow diagram of the processing implemented by a confidence test server 5104 for the auto registration processing of FIG. 53. The CTS 5104 answers the call from the new node 100 and stores the caller's ISDN number (step 5502 of FIG. 55). The CTS 5104 accepts a registration record from the new node 100 and sends an acknowledgement message to the new node 100 (step 5504). The CTS 5104 starts the confidence testing process by sending a message to the new node 100 to display the proper instructions to the user (e.g., "Make sure your head set is connected.") (step 5506). The CTS 5104 then transmits the audio/video clip from its PC/VCR to the new node 100 (step 5508).

After the audio/video clip is over, the CTS 5104 a message instructing the new node 100 to question the user for the audio and video status of the clip (step 5510). If the messages returned from the new node 100 indicate there was a failure in either the audio or video streams (step 5512), then the CTS 5104 sets the CTS₋₋ State variable to the appropriate value (i.e., AUDIO₋₋ FAILURE. VIDEO₋₋ FAILURE, or BOTH₋₋ FAILED), and prepares and sends a message to the customer support node 5108 (step 5514). If there were no failures, then the confidence test was passed and the CTS₋₋ Status variable is set to the value CTS₋₋ PASSED (step 5516). The free applet is then downloaded to the new node 100 and a message is sent to instruct the new node 100 to hang up (step 5518). After the line is disconnected (step 5520), the CTS 5104 prepares an auto registration database transaction and sends the ARD transaction to ARD node 5110 (step 5522). The ARD transaction comprises the registration record, the new node's ISDN number, and the confidence test results.

The unique product serial number is stored in a word in the EEPROM of the product hardware. Alternatively, the product serial number may be stored in the installation disks that are shipped with the video conferencing product. In the latter case, the number is then saved in a location in the EEPROM on the audio/comm (ISDN) board.

The product auto registration status variable Auto₋₋ Reg₋₋ State has one of two values: NOT₋₋ REGISTERED and IS₋₋ REGISTERED. These values are coded in a word in the EEPROM on the audio/comm (ISDN) board.

The CTS status variable CTS₋₋ State stores the results of the confidence testing and has one of four values: AUDIO₋₋ FAILURE, VIDEO₋₋ FAILURE, BOTH₋₋ FAILURE, and CTS₋₋ PASSED. The values are coded in a word in the EEPROM on the audio/comm (ISDN) board.

The auto registration and remote confidence testing procedures may be repeated periodically to register and/or validate system upgrades or updates.

Referring now to FIG. 56, there is shown a representation of the auto registration file format. The auto registration module creates the file "reg.tmp" in the Microsoft Windows™ directory to store user data collected from the main auto registration dialog. The reg.tmp file is a temporary file and is deleted when the user exits the auto registration program. The reg.tmp file is transferred from the new node 100 of FIG. 51 to a confidence test server 5104 via modem using X-modem protocol when successful connection is made.

The reg.tmp file comprises a file header followed by blocks of registration data for every product that is being registered in a particular file transfer. The registration data comprises user information and survey data. If there is no survey dialog for a particular product or if the user does not make any selections in the optional survey, then that block of optional data will not be part of the registration file.

In alternative embodiments of auto registration, automatic software upgrades are provided through the infrastructure of the auto registration and remote confidence testing services described in this section. In other alternative embodiments, use of the ISDN board is disabled until the video conferencing product has been registered using the auto registration described in this section. The fields of the reg.tmp file represented in FIG. 56 are described in Appendix K of this specification. Appendix K also describes the data structures for auto registration.

Alternative Embodiments

The description for this section is the same as the description for the section of the same name in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 08/157,694.

In the embodiment of FIG. 2, conferencing system 100 comprises three separate boards: video board 204, audio/comm (ISDN) board 206, and LAN board 210. Those skilled in the art will understand that alternative embodiments of the present invention may comprise other board configurations. For example, an alternative embodiment may comprises a combined video/audio board (for performing video capture and audio capture and playback), an ISDN board (for transmitting and receiving data over an ISDN network), and a LAN board (for transmitting and receiving data over a LAN network).

It will be further understood that various changes in the details, materials, and arrangements of the parts which have been described and illustrated in order to explain the nature of this invention may be made by those skilled in the an without departing from the principle and scope of the invention as expressed in the following claims.

APPENDIX A: Conference Manager API

The description for this appendix is the same as the description for the appendix of the same name in U.S. patent application filed Nov. 15, 1994 as application Ser. No. 08/340,172.

APPENDIX B: Conferencing API

This appendix describes the application programming interface for conferencing API (VCI) 506 of FIG. 5. Conferencing API 506 utilizes the following data types:

    ______________________________________                                         HCALL      Handle to a Call                                                    HCHAN      Handle to a Channel                                                 HSTRM      Handle to a Stream                                                  HSTGRP     Handle to a Stream Group                                            CSTATUS    VCI Function Status Code                                            LPAVCB     Long Pointer to an AVCB                                             LPCCB      Long Pointer to a CCB                                               LPHSTRM    Long Pointer to a STRM handle                                       LPHSTGRP   Long Pointer to a STGRP handle                                      LPV.sub.-- CBACK                                                                          Long Pointer to V.sub.-- CBACK structure                            LPPARTINFO Long Pointer to PARTINFO structure                                  ADDR       Address structure, same as TADDR in TII                             LPADDR     Long Pointer to ADDR                                                ______________________________________                                    

Conferencing API 506 utilizes the following structures that are passed to conferencing API 506 in function calls (e.g., CF₋₋ Init, CF₋₋ CapMon) and then passed by conferencing API 506 to the audio/video managers:

    __________________________________________________________________________     V-CBACK (lParam Structure used in Callbacks)                                   union {                                                                        struct {                                                                       LPTADDR        lpCallerAddr                                                                           Caller address                                          LPCONN.sub.-- CHR                                                                             lpAttributes                                                                           Caller connection attributes                            LPSTR          lpCallerId                                                                             Caller id of peer                                       WORD           wCallerIdLen                                                                           Length of Caller id                                     WORD           wDenialReasonCode                                                                         Reason for denial                                    WORD           wDenialErrorCode                                                                          Error causing denial                                 } V.sub.-- ConReq                                                                          Connection Requested                                               struct {                                                                       LPCONN.sub.-- CHR                                                                             lpAttributes                                                                           Peer connection attributes                              LPPARTINFO     lpPartInfo                                                                             Peer participant information                            LPBYTE         lpItone Itone                                                   LPVINFO        lpVInfo Video info                                              } V.sub.-- ConAcc                                                                          Connection Accepted                                                struct {                                                                       DWORD          dwtransId                                                                              Channel transaction ID                                  HCONN          hCall   Call handle                                             LPCHAN.sub.-- INFO                                                                            lpChanInfo                                                                             Channel info structure                                  } V.sub.-- ChanReq                                                                         Channel Requested                                                  } V.sub.-- EV                                                                  } V.sub.-- CBACK, FAR *LPV.sub.-- CBACK;                                       MTYPE                                                                          >> WORD wField                                                                              Media type:                                                       CCB (Configuration Control Block)                                              >> WORD wVersion                                                                            Version Number                                                    AVCB (Audio Video Control Block)                                               >> WORD wAVType                                                                              Local or remote AVCB type                                        > >                                                                               Union {                                                                     // local AVCB                                                                  struct {                                                                       >>       WORD  wAIn    Audio input hardware source                             >>       WORD  wAGain  Gain of the local microphone                            >>       WORD  wAMute  On/Off flag for audio muting                            >>       WORD  wVIn    Video input source                                      >>       DWORD dwVDRate                                                                               Maximum video data rate                                 >>       WORD  wVContrast                                                                             Video contrast adjustment                               >>       WORD  wVTint  Video tint adjustment                                   >>       WORD  wVBright                                                                               Video brightness adjustment                             >>       WORD  wVColor Video color adjustment                                  >>       WORD  wVMonitor                                                                              On/Off flag for local video monitoring                  >>       WORD  wVMute  On/Off flag for local video muting. As the                                     flag is turned on/off, it will temporarily stop                                or                                                                             restart the related operations, including playing                              and sending, being performed on this stream                                    group. This can be temporarily hold one video                                  stream and provide more bandwidth for other                                    streams to use. For example, a video stream                                    can be paused while an audio stream continues,                                 to speed up a file transfer.                            >>    } localcb                                                                      // remote AVCB                                                                 struct {                                                                 >>       WORD  wAOut   Audio output hardware destination                       >>       WORD  wAVol   Volume of the local speaker                             >>       WORD  wAMute  On/Off flag for audio muting                            >>       WORD  wvOut   Video output source                                     >>       WORD  wVContrast                                                                             Video contrast adjustment                               >>       WORD  wVTint  Video tint adjustment                                   >>       WORD  wVBright                                                                               Video brightness adjustment                             >>       WORD  wVColor Video color adjustment                                  >>       WORD  wVMute  On/Off flag for local video muting                      } remotecb                                                                     >> }                                                                           >>   // ADDR Information - the address to be used for the conf.                     application to make a                                                          Connection/call, via issuing the CF.sub.-- MakeCall with the remote            site.                                                                     >>   // NOTE: This is the same as the TADDR structure defined by TII.          >>   struct {                                                                  >>       WORD  AddressType                                                                            Type of Address, e.g., phone number, internet                                  address, etc.                                           >>       WORD  AddressLength                                                                          Size of the following address buffer                    >>       BYTE  Address[80]                                                                            Address buffer                                          >>   }                                                                         CONN.sub.-- CHR (Connection Characteristics)                                   CONNCHARACTS       Structure defined by Comm Subsystem                         WORD        Quality                                                                               Quality of the connection                                   WORD        BitRate                                                                               Maximum bandwidth for connection                            PARTINFO (User Participant Information)                                        WORD    wUserId    Unique user ID (unused)                                     char    Title[10]  Mr, Ms, Mrs, Dr, etc                                        char    LastName[64]                                                                              Last name                                                   char    FirstName[64]                                                                             First name                                                  char    JobPosition[64]                                                                           Pres, VP, Manager, etc                                      char    CompanyName[64]                                                                           Company name                                                char    Street[80] Street                                                      char    City[32]   city                                                        char    State.sub.-- Province[32]                                                                 State or province name                                      char    Zip.sub.-- PostalCode[32]                                                                 Zip code or postal code                                     char    Country[32]                                                                               Country                                                     char    Email[64]  Email address                                               char    Telephone1[32]                                                                            Office phone number                                         char    Telephone2[32]                                                                            Office phone number                                         char    Fax[32]    Fax number                                                  V.sub.-- CBACK (lParam Structure used in Callbacks)                            union {                                                                        struct {                                                                               LPTADDR    lpCallerAddr                                                                          Caller address                                               LPCONN.sub.-- CHR                                                                         lpAttributes                                                                          Caller connection attributes                         } V.sub.-- ConReq   Connection Requested                                       struct {                                                                               LPCONN.sub.-- CHR                                                                         lpAttributes                                                                          Peer connection attributes                                   LPPARTINFO lpPartInfo                                                                            Peer participant information                                 LPBYTE     lpItone                                                                               Itone                                                } V.sub.-- ConAcc  Connection Accepted                                         struct {                                                                               DWORD      dwTransId                                                                             Channel transaction ID                                       HCONN      hCall  Call handle                                                  LPCHAN.sub.-- INFO                                                                        lpChanInfo                                                                            Channel info structure                               } V.sub.-- ChanReq Channel Requested                                           } V.sub.-- EV                                                                  __________________________________________________________________________

Conferencing API 506 utilizes the following constants:

    __________________________________________________________________________     Conferencing Call States:                                                      CCST.sub.-- NULL                                                                           Null State                                                         CCST.sub.-- IDLE                                                                           Idle State                                                         CCST.sub.-- CONNECTED                                                                      Connected state                                                    CCST.sub.-- CALLING                                                                        Calling State                                                      CCST.sub.-- ACCEPTING                                                                      Accepting State                                                    CCST.sub.-- CALLED                                                                         Called state                                                       CCST.sub.-- CLOSING                                                                        Closing State                                                      Conferencing Channel States:                                                   CHST.sub.-- READY                                                                          Ready State                                                        CHST.sub.-- OPEN                                                                           Opened state                                                       CHST.sub.-- OPENING                                                                        Opening state                                                      CHST.sub.-- SEND                                                                           Send state                                                         CHST.sub.-- RECV                                                                           Recv state                                                         CHST.sub.-- RESPONDING                                                                     Responding state                                                   CHST.sub.-- CLOSING                                                                        Closing state                                                      Conferencing Stream States:                                                    CSST.sub.-- INIT                                                                           Init state                                                         CSST.sub.-- ACTIVE                                                                         Active state                                                       CSST.sub.-- FAILED                                                                         Failure state                                                      CStatus Return Values:                                                         CF.sub.-- OK        // Invalid state to make the call                          CF.sub.-- ERR.sub.-- CONF.sub.-- STATE                                                             // Invalid conference state                                CF.sub.-- ERR.sub.-- CALL.sub.-- STATE                                                             // Invalid call state                                      CF.sub.-- ERR.sub.-- CALL.sub.-- HANDLE                                                            // Invalid call handle                                     CF.sub.-- ERR.sub.-- STGRP.sub.-- STATE                                                            // Invalid stream group state                              CF.sub. -- ERR.sub.-- STGRP.sub.-- HANDLE                                                          // Invalid stream group handle                             CF.sub.-- ERR.sub.-- AUDIO.sub.-- STREAM.sub.-- STATE                                              // Invalid audio strewn state                              CF.sub.-- ERR.sub.-- VIDEO.sub.-- STREAM.sub.-- STATE                                              // Invalid video stream state                              CF.sub.-- ERR.sub.-- CHAN.sub.-- STATE                                                             // Invalid channel state                                   CF.sub.-- ERR.sub.-- ADDRESS.sub.-- NULL                                                           // Null address/phone number                               CF.sub.-- ERR.sub.-- RESOURCE                                                                      // Unexpected resource failure - cleanup detected          CF.sub.-- ERR.sub.-- SESS.sub.-- NOT.sub.-- INIT                                                   // Transport stack not initialized                         CF.sub.-- ERR.sub.-- SESS.sub.-- INIT                                                              // Transport stack already initialized                     CF.sub.-- ERR.sub.-- MAX.sub.-- SESS                                                               // Max no. of transport stacks already initialized         CF.sub.-- ERR.sub.-- INV.sub.-- VTHREAD                                                            // Cannot invoke VTHREAD                                   CF.sub.-- ERR.sub.-- FIND.sub.-- VTHREAD                                                           // Cannot find the VTHREAD window                          CF.sub.-- ERR.sub.-- CALLERID.sub.-- TOO.sub.-- BIG                                                // Caller id too long                                      __________________________________________________________________________

The functions utilized by conferencing API 506 are defined in the following section.

Initialization API Functions

CF₋₋ Init

This function initializes the underlying LMI, video, and audio subsystems, and initializes the data structures for the conferencing service. Also, this function allows the application to choose between the messaging and the callback interfaces to return event notifications. The callback interface allows VCI to call a user designated function to notify the application of incoming events. The messaging interface allows VCI to notify the application of incoming events by posting messages to application message queues. The parameters to the function vary according to the notification method chosen.

CStatus CF₋₋ lnit (LPSTR lplniFile, WORD wFlag, CALLBACK ipCallBack, LPCCB ipCcb)

Input:

lpIniFile: Pathname to the conferencing INI file.

wFlag: Indicates the type of notification to be used.

    ______________________________________                                         CALLBACK.sub.-- FUNCTION                                                                          for callback interface                                      CALLBACK.sub.-- WINDOW                                                                            for post message interface                                  ______________________________________                                    

lpCallBack: Callback routine or message interface to return the notifications from the remote site to the application.

Output:

lpCcb: Pointer to the configuration control block, preallocated by the application, that contains configuration information.

Return Value(s):

CF₋₋ OK: successful completion

CFB₋₋ ERR₋₋ VCI+CF₋₋ ERR₋₋ CONF₋₋ STATE: VCI already initialized

CFB₋₋ ERR₋₋ VCI+CF₋₋ ERR₋₋ INV₋₋ VTHREAD: cannot invoke callback thread

CFB₋₋ ERR₋₋ VCI+CF₋₋ ERR₋₋ FIND₋₋ VTItREAD: cannot find the VTHREAD window

CFB₋₋ ERR₋₋ LMI+Imi error num: error in LMI Subsystem

CFB₋₋ ERR₋₋ VID+vid error num: error in Video Subsystem

Valid Call State(s) to Issue:

CCST₋₋ NULL

Call State(s) after Execution:

CCST₋₋ IDLE

Callback Function:

FuncName (WORD wMessage, WORD wParam, LONG IParam)

wMessage: Message Type (CFM₋₋ XXXX₋₋ NTFY).

wParam: Call handle.

IParam: Additional information which is message-specific.

The parameters of the callback function are equivalent to the last three parameters passed to a Microsoft® Windows™ message handler function (Win 3.1).

CF₋₋ Unit

This function shuts down the LMI, audio, and video subsystems. If a conference call is in progress, it is gracefully destroyed.

CStatus CF₋₋ Unit (LPCCB lpCcb)

Input:

lpCcb: Pointer to the configuration control block that contains configuration information.

Return Value(s):

CF₋₋ OK: successful completion

CFB₋₋ ERR₋₋ VCI+CF₋₋ ERR₋₋ CONF₋₋ STATE: VCI already uninitialized

Valid Call State(s) to Issue:

CCST₋₋ IDLE

Call State(s) after Execution:

Unchanged

Status Message:

CFM₋₋ UNINIT₋₋ NTFY: Uninitialization complete.

CF₋₋ InitTransport

This function initializes a transport stack so that conference calls may be made or received on a particular transport. The maximum video bitrate allowed on this transport is saved.

CStatus CF₋₋ InitTransport (LPADDR lpLocaiAddress, LPCONN₋₋ CHR lpConnAttributes,

WORD wVideoBitrate)

Input:

lpLocalAddress: Pointer to the local address.

pConnAttributes: Pointer to connection attributes.

wVideoBitrate: Maximum video bitrate allowed on this transport.

Return Value(s):

CF₋₋ OK: successful completion

CFB₋₋ ERR₋₋ VCI+CF₋₋ ERR₋₋ CONF₋₋ STATE: VCI not initialized

CFB₋₋ ERR₋₋ VCI+CF₋₋ ERR₋₋ MAX₋₋ SESS: maximum number of transport stacks initialized

CFB₋₋ ERR₋₋ VCI+CF₋₋ ERR₋₋ SESS₋₋ INIT: transport stack already initialized

CFB₋₋ ERR₋₋ COM+com error num: error in Comm Subsystem

CFB₋₋ ERR₋₋ DGCOM+dgcom error num: error in Datagram Comm Subsystem

CFB₋₋ ERR₋₋ LMI+Imi error num: error in LMI Subsystem

Valid Call State(s) to Issue:

CCST₋₋ IDLE

Call State(s) after Execution:

Unchanged

Status Message:

CFM₋₋ INIT₋₋ TRANSP₋₋ NTFY: Initialization of transport stack complete.

CF₋₋ UninitTransport

This function uninitializes a transport stack so calls may no longer be made or received on a particular transport.

CStatus CF₋₋ UninitTransport (LPADDR lpLocalAddress)

Input:

lpLocalAddress: Pointer to the local address.

Return Value(s):

CF₋₋ OK: successful completion

CFB ₋₋ ERR₋₋ VCI+CF₋₋ ERR₋₋ CONF₋₋ STATE: VCI not initialized

CFB₋₋ ERR₋₋ VCI+CF₋₋ ERR₋₋ SESS₋₋ NOT₋₋ INIT: transport stack not initialized

CFB₋₋ ERR₋₋ VCI+CF₋₋ ERR₋₋ CALL₋₋ STATE: a call is in progress on this transport stack

CFB₋₋ ERR₋₋ LMI+lmi error num: error in LMI Subsystem

Valid Call State(s) to Issue:

CCST₋₋ IDLE

Call State(s) after Execution:

Unchanged

Status Message:

CFM₋₋ UNINIT₋₋ TRANSP₋₋ NTFY: Uninitialization of transport stack complete.

CF₋₋ ChangeTransportMaxVideoBitrate

This function changes the maximum video bitrate allowed to be sent/received on a particular transport type.

CStatus CF₋₋ ChangeTransportMaxVideoBitrate (LPADDR lpLocalAddress, WORD wVideoBitrate)

Input:

IpLocalAddress: Pointer to the local address.

wVideoBitrate: Maximum video bitrate allowed on this transport.

Return Value(s):

CF₋₋ OK: successful completion

CFB₋₋ ERR₋₋ VCI+CF₋₋ ERR₋₋ CONF₋₋ STATE: VCI not initialized

CFB₋₋ ERR₋₋ VCI+CF₋₋ ERR₋₋ SESS₋₋ NOT₋₋ INIT: transport stack not initialized

CFB₋₋ ERR₋₋ VCI+CF₋₋ ERR₋₋ CALL₋₋ STATE: a call is in progress on this transport stack

Valid Call State(s) to Issue:

CCST₋₋ IDLE

Call State(s) after Execution:

Unchanged

Call Management API Functions

CF₋₋ MakeCall

This function makes a call to the remote site to establish video conferencing. This call will be performed asynchronously. If the call is successful, the local caller's personal information is sent to the peer. When all related operations for CF₋₋ MakeCall are complete, the callback routine (or message) specified in CF₋₋ Init will receive the result of this call (CFM₋₋ ACCEPT₋₋ NTFY, CFM₋₋ REJECT₋₋ NTFY). The peer application will receive a CFM₋₋ CALL₋₋ NTFY callback/message as a result of this call.

CStatus CF₋₋ MakeCall (LPADDR lpAddress, LPCONN₋₋ CHR lpConnAttributes, LPPARTINFO lpPartlnfo. WORD wCommTimeOut, WORD wCallTimeOut, LPSTR lpCallerId, WORD wCallerIdLen)

Input:

pAddress: Pointer to the address of the destination.

lpConnAttributes: Pointer to the attributes requested for the call.

lpPartlnfo: Pointer to participant information of the caller.

wCommTimeOut: Number of seconds to wait for peer to pickup the phone.

wCallTimeOut: Number of seconds to allow the call to be established.

lpCallerId: Caller ID string to send to peer with CONN₋₋ REQUESTED.

wCallerIdLen: Length of caller ID string.

Return Value(s):

CF₋₋ OK: successful completion

CFB₋₋ ERR₋₋ VCI+CF₋₋ ERR₋₋ CONF₋₋ STATE: VCI not initialized

CFB₋₋ ERR₋₋ VCI+CF₋₋ ERR₋₋ ADDRESS₋₋ NULL: invalid address

CFB₋₋ ERR₋₋ VCI+CF₋₋ ERR₋₋ CALL₋₋ STATE: a call is already in progress

CFB₋₋ ERR₋₋ VCI+CF₋₋ ERR₋₋ SESS₋₋ NOT₋₋ INIT: required transport stack not initialized

CFB₋₋ ERR₋₋ VCI+CF₋₋ ERR₋₋ CALLERID₋₋ TOO₋₋ BIG: caller id is too big

CFB₋₋ ERR₋₋ VID+video error num: error in Video Subsystem

CFB₋₋ ERR₋₋ COM+comm error hum: error in Comm Subsystem

Valid Call State(s) to Issue:

CCST₋₋ IDLE

Call State(s) after Execution:

CCST₋₋ CALLING

Peer Message:

CFM₋₋ CALL₋₋ NTFY: Peer is requesting a call.

Status Message:

CFM₋₋ ACCEPT₋₋ NTFY: Peer process has accepted the call.

CFM₋₋ REJECT₋₋ NTFY: Call failed.

CF₋₋ AcceptCall

This function accepts an incoming call request, received as CFM₋₋ CALL₋₋ NTFY callback/message. The local callee's personal information is sent to the peer. Both sides will receive a CFM₋₋ ACCEPT₋₋ NTFY callback/message as a result of this call.

CStatus CF₋₋ AcceptCall (HCALL hCall, LPPARTINFO lpPartInfo, WORD wCallTimeOut)

Input:

hCall: Handle to the call (returned by the CFM₋₋ CALL₋₋ NTFY message).

IpPartlnfo: Pointer to the participant information of the callee.

wCallTimeOut: Number of seconds to allow the call to be established.

Return Value(s):

CF₋₋ OK: successful completion

CFB₋₋ ERR₋₋ VCI+CF₋₋ ERR₋₋ CONF₋₋ STATE: VCI not initialized

CFB₋₋ ERR₋₋ VCI+CF₋₋ ERR₋₋ CALL₋₋ STATE: no call to accept

CFB₋₋ ERR₋₋ VCI+CF₋₋ ERR₋₋ CALL₋₋ HANDLE: invalid call handle

CFB₋₋ ERR₋₋ VCI+CF₋₋ ERR₋₋ SESS₋₋ NOT₋₋ INIT: transport stack not initialized

CFB₋₋ ERR₋₋ VID+video error hum: error in Video Subsystem

CFB₋₋ ERR₋₋ COM+comm error num: error in Comm Subsystem

Valid Call State(s) to Issue:

CCST₋₋ CALLED

Call State(s) after Execution:

CCST₋₋ ACCEPTING

Peer Message:

CFM₋₋ ACCEPT₋₋ NTFY: Peer has accepted the call.

Status Message:

CFM₋₋ ACCEPT₋₋ NTFY: Local accept functionality is complete.

CF₋₋ RejectCall

This function rejects an incoming call request, received as CFM₋₋ CALL₋₋ NTFY callback/message. The peer will receive a CFM₋₋ REJECT₋₋ NTFY callback/message as a result of this call.

CStatus CF₋₋ RejectCall (HCALL hCall)

Input:

hCall: Handle to the call (returned by the CFM₋₋ CALL₋₋ NTFY message).

Return Value(s):

CF₋₋ OK: successful completion

CFB₋₋ ERR₋₋ VCI+CF₋₋ ERR₋₋ CONF₋₋ STATE: VCI not initialized

CFB₋₋ ERR₋₋ VCI+CF₋₋ ERR₋₋ CALL₋₋ STATE: no call to reject

CFB₋₋ ERR₋₋ VCI+CF₋₋ ERR₋₋ CALL₋₋ HANDLE: invalid call handle

CFB₋₋ ERR₋₋ COM+comm error hum: error in Comm Subsystem

Valid Call State(s) to Issue:

CCST₋₋ CALLED

Call State(s) after Execution:

CCST₋₋ IDLE

Peer Message:

CFM₋₋ REJECT₋₋ NTFY: Pccr has rejected the call.

CF₋₋ HangupCall

This function hangs up a previously established call. It releases all system resources, including all types of streams, channels, and data structures allocated during this call. Both sides will receive a CFM₋₋ HANGUP₋₋ NTFY callback/message as a result of this call.

CStatus CF₋₋ HangupCall (HCALL hCall)

Input:

hCall: Handle to the call.

Return Value(s):

CF₋₋ OK: successful completion

CFB₋₋ ERR₋₋ VCI+CF₋₋ ERR₋₋ CONF₋₋ STATE: VCI not initialized

CFB₋₋ ERR₋₋ VCI+CF₋₋ ERR₋₋ CALL₋₋ STATE: no call to hang up

CFB₋₋ ERR₋₋ VCI+CF₋₋ ERR₋₋ CALL₋₋ HANDLE: invalid call handle

Valid Call State(s) to Issue:

CCST₋₋ CONNECTED, CCST₋₋ CALLING, CCST₋₋ ACCEPTING, or CCST₋₋ CALLED

Call State(s) after Execution:

CCST₋₋ CLOSING

Peer Message:

CFM₋₋ HANGUP₋₋ NTFY: Peer has hung up the call.

Status Message:

CFM₋₋ HANGUP₋₋ NTFY: Local hangup functionality is complete.

CF₋₋ GetCalllnfo

This function returns the current status information of the specified call.

CStatus CF₋₋ GetCalilnfo (HCALL hCall, LPCONN₋₋ CHR IpConnAttributes, LPWORD ipwState, LPPARTINFO lpPartInfo)

Input:

hCall: Handle to the call.

Output:

lpConnAttributes: Pointer to connection attributes.

lpwState: Pointer to current call state.

lpPartInfo: Pointer to peer's participant information.

Return Value(s):

CF₋₋ OK: successful completion

CFB₋₋ ERR₋₋ VCI+CF₋₋ ERR₋₋ CONF₋₋ STATE: VCI not initialized

CFB₋₋ ERR₋₋ VCI+CF₋₋ ERR₋₋ CALL₋₋ HANDLE: invalid call handle

Valid Call State(s) to Issue:

All call states

Call State(s) after Execution:

Unchanged

Initialization and Call Management Messages and Callbacks

CFM₋₋ CALL₋₋ NTFY

Call request from a remote peer; received by the callee.

Returned Parameters:

wParam HCALL: Handle to the call (to be sent to CF₋₋ AcceptCall/CF₋₋ RejectCall).

IParam LPV₋₋ CBACK: Pointer to a structure containing incoming call information

Valid Call States To Receive the Notification:

CCST₋₋ IDLE

State after Receiving the Message:

CCST₋₋ CALLED

CFM₋₋ PROGRESS₋₋ NTFY

Call progress information; received by the caller.

Returned Parameters:

wParam WORD: Sub-substate of the call. Set to null except when IParam=CF₋₋ CALL₋₋ GOT₋₋ PERMISSION.

IParam DWORD: Substate of the call.

Valid wParam Values:

CF₋₋ CALL₋₋ PERM₋₋ PERMITTED: permission granted

CF₋₋ CALL₋₋ PERM₋₋ SEQNOTRESPONDING: permission granted because LANDesk Personal Conferencing Manager (LDPCM) dead

Valid IParam Values:

CF₋₋ CALL₋₋ BUSY: working on the call

CF₋₋ CALL₋₋ RINGING: call is ringing at destination

CF₋₋ CALL₋₋ LCONNECTED: DLM is connected

CF₋₋ CALL₋₋ TCONNECTED: TII is connected

CF₋₋ CALL₋₋ ROLLBACK: retrying at 112 KB

CF₋₋ CALL₋₋ REQUESTING₋₋ PERMISSION: getting permission from LDPCM

CF₋₋ CALL₋₋ GOT₋₋ PERMISSION: got permission from LDPCM

CF₋₋ CALL₋₋ FAKERINGING: fake call ringing at destination

Valid Call State(s) to receive the notification

CCST₋₋ CALLING

State(s) after receiving the message

Unchanged

CFM₋₋ ACCEPT₋₋ NTFY

Call request accepted by peer; received by the caller/callee.

Returned Parameters:

wParam HCALL: Handle to the call.

IParam LPV₋₋ CBACK: Pointer to a structure containing accepted call information

Valid Call States To Receive the Notification:

CCST₋₋ CALLING (caller) or CCST₋₋ ACCEPTING (callee)

State after Receiving the Message:

CCST₋₋ CONNECTED

CFM₋₋ REJECT₋₋ NTFY

Call rejected by peer; received by the caller.

Returned Parameters:

wParam WORD: Reject sub-subcodes of the call. Set to null except when IParam is set to one of the following reject subcodes.

CF₋₋ REJ₋₋ PEER₋₋ CONN₋₋ FAILED (wParam=Comm error code)

CF₋₋ REJ₋₋ LMI₋₋ INTERNAL₋₋ ERROR (wParam=LMI error code)

CF₋₋ REJ₋₋ LOCAL₋₋ SEQ₋₋ CONN₋₋ FAILED (wParam=Comm error code)

CF₋₋ REJ₋₋ LOCAL₋₋ SEQ₋₋ CONN₋₋ REJECTED (wParam=Comm rejection subcode)

CF₋₋ REJ₋₋ LOCAL₋₋ SEQ₋₋ CALLEE₋₋ CONN₋₋ FAILED (wParam=Comm error code)

CF₋₋ REJ₋₋ LOCAL₋₋ SEQ₋₋ CALLEE₋₋ CONN₋₋ REJECTED (wParam=Comm rejection subcode)

IParam DWORD: Reject subcode of the call.

Valid wParam values

CF₋₋ REJ₋₋ TIMEOUT: Corem reject, call timed out

CF₋₋ REJ₋₋ ADDRESS: Comm reject, bad address

CF₋₋ REJ₋₋ NETWORK₋₋ BUSY: Corem reject, network busy

CF₋₋ REJ₋₋ STATION₋₋ BUSY: Corem reject, destination rejection

CF₋₋ REJ₋₋ REJECTED: Comm reject, call rejected at destination

CF₋₋ REJ₋₋ NET₋₋ ERROR: Comm reject, network failure

CF₋₋ REJ₋₋ NO₋₋ RESPONSE: Comm reject, no response from remote end

CF₋₋ REJ₋₋ INTERNAL₋₋ COMM: Comm reject, internal error in Comm subsystem

CFB₋₋ ERR₋₋ COM+comm error num: error in Comm Subsystem

CFB₋₋ ERR₋₋ LMI+Imi error num: error in LMI Subsystem

Valid IParam values

CF₋₋ REJ₋₋ TIMEOUT: Comm reject, call timed out

CF₋₋ REJ₋₋ ADDRESS: Corem reject, bad address

CF₋₋ REJ₋₋ NETWORK₋₋ BUSY: Comm reject, network busy

CF₋₋ REJ₋₋ STATION₋₋ BUSY: Corem reject, destination rejection

CF₋₋ REJ₋₋ REJECTED: Comm reject, call rejected at destination

CF₋₋ REJ₋₋ NET₋₋ ERROR: Comm reject, network failure

CF₋₋ REJ₋₋ NO₋₋ RESPONSE: Comm reject, no response from remote end

CF₋₋ REJ₋₋ INTERNAL₋₋ COMM: Comm reject, internal error in Comm subsystem

CF₋₋ REJ₋₋ PEER₋₋ CONN₋₋ FAILED: connection to peer failed

CF₋₋ REJ₋₋ INTERNAL₋₋ POST₋₋ CONNECT: internal VCI error after connection established

CF₋₋ REJ₋₋ INTERNAL₋₋ PROTOCOL₋₋ FAIL: interval VCI error with PCA protocol (post connection)

CF₋₋ REJ₋₋ LOCAL₋₋ SEQ₋₋ NOT₋₋ BOUND: no local LDPCM binding

CF₋₋ REJ₋₋ LOCAL₋₋ SEQ₋₋ NO₋₋ BANDWIDTH: local LDPCM refused permission

CF₋₋ REJ₋₋ LOCAL₋₋ SEQ₋₋ LOWER₋₋ BW: local LDPCM offered lower bandwidth

CF₋₋ REJ₋₋ LMI₋₋ RESOURCE₋₋ FAILURE: LMI resource failure

CF₋₋ REJ₋₋ LMI₋₋ INTERNAL₋₋ ERROR: LMI internal error

CF₋₋ REJ₋₋ LOCAL₋₋ SEQ₋₋ CONN₋₋ FAILED: connection to LDPCM failed

CF₋₋ REJ₋₋ LOCAL₋₋ SEQ₋₋ CONN₋₋ REJECTED: connection to LDPCM rejected

CF₋₋ REJ₋₋ LOCAL₋₋ SEQ₋₋ INTERNAL₋₋ ERROR₋₋ SEQ: local LDPCM internal error

CF₋₋ REJ₋₋ LOCAL₋₋ SEQ₋₋ CALLEE₋₋ CONN₋₋ FAILED: connection from LDPCM to callee failed

CF₋₋ REJ₋₋ LOCAL₋₋ SEQ₋₋ CALLEE₋₋ CONN₋₋ REJECTED: connection from LDPCM to callee rejected

CF₋₋ REJ₋₋ LOCAL₋₋ SEQ₋₋ CALLEE₋₋ IN₋₋ CONF: callee already in a conference

CF₋₋ REJ₋₋ LOCAL₋₋ SEQ₋₋ TOO₋₋ FAST: local LDPCM not done processing last request

CF₋₋ REJ₋₋ REMOTE₋₋ SEQ₋₋ NO₋₋ BANDWIDTH: remote LDPCM refused permission

CF₋₋ REJ₋₋ REMOTE₋₋ SEQ₋₋ LOWER₋₋ BW: remote LDPCM offered lower bandwidth

Valid Call State(s) to receive the notification

CCST₋₋ CALLING

State(s) after receiving the message

CCST₋₋ IDLE

CFM₋₋ HANGUP₋₋ NTFY

Call terminated locally or remotely; received by the caller/callee,

Returned Parameters:

wParam HCALL: Handle to the call.

IParam DWORD: Hangup subcode. May be null.

Valid Hangup Subcode Values:

CF₋₋ HANG UP₋₋ INTERNAL₋₋ POST₋₋ CONNECT: internal VCI error after connection established

CF₋₋ HANGUP₋₋ INTERNAL₋₋ PROTOCOL₋₋ FAIL: internal VCI error with PCA protocol (post connection)

Valid Call State(s) to Receive the Notification:

CCST₋₋ CONNECTED or CCST₋₋ CLOSING

State(s) after Receiving the Message:

CCST₋₋ IDLE

CFM₋₋ UNINIT₋₋ NTFY

VCI uninitialized; received by the caller/callee,

Valid Call States To Receive the Notification:

CCST₋₋ IDLE

State after Receiving the Message:

Unchanged

CFM₋₋ ERROR₋₋ NTFY

Error occurred; received by the caller/callee.

Returned Parameters:

IParam DWORD: Error code

Valid Error Code:

CFB₋₋ ERR₋₋ COM+comm error num: error in Corem Subsystem

Valid Call States To Receive the Notification:

Any Call State

State after Receiving the Message:

Unchanged

CFM₋₋ INIT₋₋ TRANSP₋₋ NTFY

Transport stack initialized; received by the caller/callee.

Returned Parameter(s):

wParam WORD: Status code.

IParam LPADDR: Local address.

Valid status codes

CF₋₋ OK: successful completion

CFB₋₋ ERR₋₋ COM+comm error num: error in Comm Subsystem

CFB₋₋ ERR₋₋ DGCOM+dgcom error num: error in Datagram Comm Subsystem

CFB₋₋ ERR₋₋ LMI+imi error num: error in LMI Subsystem

Valid Call State(s) to Receive the Notification:

CCST₋₋ IDLE

State(s) after Receiving the Message:

Unchanged

CFM₋₋ UNINIT₋₋ TRANSP₋₋ NTFY

Transport stack uninitialized: received by the caller/callee.

Returned Parameter(s):

lParam DWORD: Status code.

Valid Status Code:

CF₋₋ OK: successful completion

Valid Call State(s) to Receive the Notification:

CCST₋₋ IDLE

State(s) after Receiving the Message:

Unchanged

CFM₋₋ DENIAL₋₋ NTFY

Call came in but was denied by LDPCM; received by the caller/callee.

Returned Parameter(s):

IParam LPV₋₋ CBACK: Pointer to a structure containing denial information.

WORD wDeniaIReasonCode: Reason for denial.

WORD wDenialErrorCode: Error causing denial.

The denial error code is only set for the following denial reasons:

CF₋₋ REJ₋₋ LMI₋₋ INTERNAL₋₋ ERROR

(wDenialErrorCode=LMI error code)

CF₋₋ REJ₋₋ LOCAL₋₋ SEQ₋₋ CONN₋₋ FAILED

(wDenialErrorCode=Comm error code)

CF₋₋ REJ₋₋ LOCAL₋₋ SEQ₋₋ CONN₋₋ REJECTED

(wDenialErrorCode=Comm rejection subcode)

Valid wDeniaIReasonCode Values:

CF₋₋ REJ₋₋ LOCAL₋₋ SEQ₋₋ NOT₋₋ BOUND: no local LDPCM binding

CF₋₋ REJ₋₋ LOCAL₋₋ SEQ₋₋ NO₋₋ BANDWIDTH: local LDPCM refused permission

CF₋₋ REJ₋₋ LOCAL₋₋ SEQ₋₋ LOWER₋₋ BW: local LDPCM offered lower bandwidth

CF₋₋ REJ₋₋ LMI₋₋ RESOURCE₋₋ FAILURE: LMI resource failure

CF₋₋ REJ₋₋ LMI₋₋ INTERNAL₋₋ ERROR: LMI internal error

CF₋₋ REJ₋₋ LOCAL₋₋ SEQ₋₋ CONN₋₋ FAILED: connection to LDPCM failed

CF₋₋ REJ₋₋ LOCAL₋₋ SEQ₋₋ CONN₋₋ REJECTED: connection to LDPCM rejected

CF₋₋ REJ₋₋ LOCAL₋₋ SEQ₋₋ INTERNAL₋₋ ERROR₋₋ SEQ: local LDPCM internal error

CF₋₋ REJ₋₋ LOCAL₋₋ SEQ₋₋ TOO₋₋ FAST: local LDPCM not done processing last request

Valid wDenialErrorCode Values:

CF₋₋ REJ₋₋ TIMEOUT: Comm reject, call timed out

CF₋₋ REJ₋₋ ADDRESS: Comm reject, bad address

CF₋₋ REJ₋₋ NETWORK₋₋ BUSY: Comm reject, network busy

CF₋₋ REJ₋₋ STATION₋₋ BUSY: Comm reject, destination rejection

CF₋₋ REJ₋₋ REJECTED: Corem reject, call rejected at destination

CF₋₋ REJ₋₋ NET₋₋ ERROR: Corem reject, network failure

CF₋₋ REJ₋₋ NO₋₋ RESPONSE: Comm reject, no response from remote end

CF₋₋ REJ₋₋ INTERNAL₋₋ COMM: Comm reject, internal error in Comm subsystem

CFB₋₋ ERR₋₋ COM+comm error num: error in Comm Subsystem

CFB₋₋ ERR₋₋ LMI+Imi error hum: error in LMI Subsystem

Valid Call State(s) to Receive the Notification:

CCST₋₋ IDLE

State(s) after Receiving the Message:

Unchanged

CFM₋₋ KILL₋₋ NTFY

Call killed by LDPCM; received by the caller/callee.

Returned Parameter(s):

wParam WORD: Number of minutes before kill.

IParam LPSTR: Notification message.

Valid Call State(s) to Receive the Notification:

CCST₋₋ CONNECTED

State(s) after receiving the message

Unchanged

Audio/Video Stream Management API Functions

CF₋₋ CapMon

This function starts the capture of video signals from the local camera and displays them in the local video window which is pre-opened by the application. It also starts the capture of audio signals from the local microphone. The monitor function can be turned on/off later using CF₋₋ ControlStream calls. This function allows the user to preview his/her appearance before sending the signals out to the peer.

    __________________________________________________________________________     CStatus CF.sub.-- CapMon (HWND hWnd, LPHSTGRP lphStgrp,                                                           lpAinfo,                                    LPVINFO lpVinfo)                                                               __________________________________________________________________________

Input:

hWnd: Itandle to the local video window pre-opened by the application.

lpAinfo: Pointer to AINFO struct passed from the application.

lpVinfo: Pointer to VINFO struct passed from the application.

Output:

lphStgrp: Pointer to the handle of a stream group being captured (local stream group).

Return Value(s):

CF₋₋ OK: successful completion

CFB₋₋ ERR₋₋ VCI+CF₋₋ ERR₋₋ CONF₋₋ STATE: VCI not initialized

CFB₋₋ ERR₋₋ VCI+CF₋₋ ERR₋₋ RESOURCE: unexpected resource failure

CFB₋₋ ERR₋₋ VCI+CF₋₋ ERR₋₋ STGRP₋₋ STATE: invalid stream group state

CFB₋₋ ERR₋₋ VCI+CF₋₋ ERR₋₋ AUDIO₋₋ STREAM₋₋ STATE: invalid audio stream state

CFB₋₋ ERR₋₋ VCI+CF₋₋ ERR₋₋ VIDEO₋₋ STREAM₋₋ STATE: invalid video stream state

CFB₋₋ ERR₋₋ AUD+audio error hum: error in Audio Subsystem

CFB₋₋ ERR₋₋ VID+video error hum: error in Video Subsystem

Valid Stream Group State(s) to Issue:

CSST₋₋ INIT

Stream Group State(s) after Execution:

CSST₋₋ ACTIVE

CF₋₋ PlayRcvd

This function starts the reception and display (via the software play function) of remote video signals in the remote video window which is pre-opened by the application. It also starts the reception and playback of remote audio signals back through the local speakers. The play function that is automatically invoked as pan of this function can be later turned on/off by the application by issuing calls to CF₋₋ PlayStream. This function can only be correctly invoked after the call is successfully made. Otherwise, CF₋₋ ERR₋₋ CALL₋₋ STATE will be returned.

CStatus CF₋₋ PlayRcvd (HWND hWnd, HCALL hCall, LPHSTGRP lphStgrp, LPAINFO lpAinfo, LPVINFO lpVinfo)

Input:

hWnd: Handle to the remote video window pre-opened by the application.

hCall: Handle to the call.

lpAinfo: Pointer to AINFO struct passed from the application.

lpVinfo: Pointer to VINFO struct passed from the application.

Output:

lphStgrp: Pointer to the handle of a stream group being received (remote stream group).

Return Value(s):

CF₋₋ OK: successful completion

CFB₋₋ ERR₋₋ VCI+CF₋₋ ERR₋₋ CONF₋₋ STATE: VCI not initialized

CFB₋₋ ERR₋₋ VCI+CF₋₋ ERR₋₋ CALL₋₋ STATE: no call in progress

CFB₋₋ ERR₋₋ VCI+CF₋₋ ERR₋₋ CALL₋₋ HANDLE: invalid call handle

CFB₋₋ ERR₋₋ VCI+CF₋₋ ERR₋₋ RESOURCE: unexpected resource failure

CFB₋₋ ERR₋₋ VCI+CF₋₋ ERR₋₋ STGKP₋₋ STATE: invalid stream group state

CFB₋₋ ERR₋₋ VCI+CF₋₋ ERR₋₋ AUDIO₋₋ STREAM₋₋ STATE: invalid audio stream state

CFB₋₋ ERR₋₋ VCI+CF₋₋ ERR₋₋ VIDEO₋₋ STREAM₋₋ STATE: invalid video stream state

CFB₋₋ ERR₋₋ AUD+audio error hum: error in Audio Subsystem

CFB₋₋ ERR₋₋ VID+video error hum: error in Video Subsystem

Valid State(s) to Issue:

call state: CCST₋₋ CONNECTED

stream group state: CSST₋₋ INIT

State(s) after execution

call state: Unchanged

stream group state: CSST₋₋ ACTIVE

CF₋₋ PlayStream

This function starts or stops playing the captured video and audio streams of a specified stream group (always remote).

CStatus CF₋₋ PlayStream (HWND hWnd, HSTGRP hStgrp, WORD wAVFlag)

Input:

hWnd: Handle to the playback window pre-opened by the application.

hStgrp: Handle to the stream group to be modified.

wAVFlag: Start/stop flag.

    ______________________________________                                         AUDIO.sub.-- ON                                                                AUDIO.sub.-- OFF                                                               VIDEO.sub.-- ON                                                                VIDEO.sub.-- OFF                                                               AV.sub.-- ON   (VIDEO.sub.-- ON:AUDIO.sub.-- ON)                               AV.sub.-- OFF  (VIDEO.sub.-- OFF:AUDIO.sub.-- OFF)                             AON.sub.-- VOFF                                                                               (VIDEO.sub.-- OFF:AUDIO.sub.-- ON)                              AOFF.sub.-- VON                                                                               (VIDEO.sub.-- ON:AUDIO.sub.-- OFF)                              ______________________________________                                    

Return Value(s):

CF₋₋ OK: successful completion

CFB₋₋ ERR₋₋ VCI+CF₋₋ ERR₋₋ CONF₋₋ STATE: VCI not initialized

CFB₋₋ ERR₋₋ VCI+CF₋₋ ERR₋₋ STGRP₋₋ HANDLE: invalid stream group handle

CFB₋₋ ERR₋₋ VCI+CF₋₋ ERR₋₋ RESOURCE: unexpected resource failure

CFB₋₋ ERR₋₋ VCI+CF₋₋ ERR₋₋ STGRP₋₋ STATE: invalid stream group state

CFB₋₋ ERR₋₋ VCI+CF₋₋ ERR₋₋ AUDIO₋₋ STREAM₋₋ STATE: invalid audio stream state

CFB₋₋ ERR₋₋ VCI+CF₋₋ ERR₋₋ VIDEO₋₋ STREAM₋₋ STATE: invalid video stream state

CFB₋₋ ERR₋₋ AUD+audio error hum: error in Audio Subsystem

CFB₋₋ ERR₋₋ VID+video error num: error in Video Subsystem

Valid Stream Group State(s) to Issue:

CSST₋₋ ACTIVE

Stream Group State(s) after Execution:

Unchanged

CF₋₋ RecordStream

This function starts or stops recording captured video and audio streams of a specified stream group into a specified file. The only supported file format is an audio-video-interleaved (AVI) File. Also, recording streams in a file will overwrite, instead of append, to an existing file.

    __________________________________________________________________________     CStatus CF.sub.-- RecordStream (HWND hWnd, HSTGRP hStgrp,                                                        wFormat,                                     WORD wFlag, LPSTR lpFile)                                                      __________________________________________________________________________

Input:

hWnd: Handle to the window pre-opened by the application.

hStgrp: Handle to the stream group to be modified.

wFormat: File format for recording.

wFlag: Start/stop flag.

    ______________________________________                                         AUDIO.sub.-- ON                                                                AUDIO.sub.-- OFF                                                               VIDEO.sub.-- ON                                                                VIDEO.sub.-- OFF                                                               AV.sub.-- ON   (VIDEO.sub.-- ON:AUDIO.sub.-- ON)                               AV.sub.-- OFF  (VIDEO.sub.-- OFF:AUDIO.sub.-- OFF)                             AON.sub.-- VOFF                                                                               (VIDEO.sub.-- OFF:AUDIO.sub.-- ON)                              AOFF.sub.-- VON                                                                               (VIDEO.sub.-- ON:AUDIO.sub.-- OFF)                              ______________________________________                                    

lpFile: Pathname to the AVI file to record the A/V streams.

Return Value(s):

CF₋₋ OK: successful completion

Valid Stream Group State(s) to Issue:

All stream group states

Stream Group State(s) after Execution:

Unchanged

CF₋₋ ControlStream

This function sets the parameters to control the capture or playback functions of the local or remote audio/video stream groups.

CStatus CF₋₋ ControlStream (ItStGrp hStgrp, WORD wField, LPAVCB lpAvcb)

Input:

hStgrp: Handle to a stream group to be modified.

wField: Field of the AVCB to be modified.

lpAvcb: Pointer to the AVCB.

Return Value(s):

CF₋₋ OK: successful completion

Valid Stream Group State(s) to Issue:

All stream group states except CSST₋₋ INIT

Stream Group State(s) after Execution:

Unchanged

CF₋₋ GetStreamInfo

This function returns the current stream group state and the AVCB, preallocated by the application, of the specified stream group.

CStatus CF₋₋ GetStreamlntb (HSTGRP hStgrp, LPWORD lpwState, LPAVCB lpAvcb)

Input:

hStgrp: Handle to a stream group.

Output:

lpwState: The current application state.

lpAvcb: The pointer to the AVCB preallocated by the application.

Return Value(s):

CF₋₋ OK: for successful completion

Valid Stream Group State(s) to Issue:

All stream group states

Stream Group State(s) after Execution:

Unchanged

CF₋₋ DestroyStream

This function destroys the specified stream group that was created by CF₋₋ CapMon or CF₋₋ PlayRcvd. As part of the destroy process, all operations (e.g., sending/playing) being performed on the stream group will be stopped and all allocated system resources will be freed.

CStatus CF₋₋ DestroyStream (HSTGRP hStgrp)

Input:

hStgrp: Handle to a stream group to be destroyed.

Return Value(s):

CF₋₋ OK: successful completion

CFB₋₋ ERR₋₋ VCI+CF₋₋ ERR₋₋ CONF₋₋ STATE: VCI not initialized

CFB₋₋ ERR₋₋ VCI+CF₋₋ ERR₋₋ STGRP₋₋ HANDLE: invalid stream group handle

CFB₋₋ ERR₋₋ VCI+CF₋₋ ERR₋₋ RESOURCE: unexpected resource failure

Valid Stream Group State(s) to Issue:

All stream group states except CCST₋₋ INIT

Stream Group State(s) after Execution:

CCST₋₋ INIT

CF₋₋ SendStream

This function starts or stops sending the captured audio/video streams of a specified stream group (always local) to the peer.

    __________________________________________________________________________     CStatus CF.sub.-- SendStream (HCALL hCall, HSTGRP hStgrp,                                                       wAVFlag)                                      __________________________________________________________________________

Input:

hCall: Handle to the call.

hStgrp: Handle to the stream group.

wAVFlag: Start/stop flag.

    ______________________________________                                         AUDIO.sub.-- ON                                                                AUDIO.sub.-- OFF                                                               VIDEO.sub.-- ON                                                                VIDEO.sub.-- OFF                                                               AV.sub.-- ON   (VIDEO.sub.-- ON:AUDIO.sub.-- ON)                               AV.sub.-- OFF  (VIDEO.sub.-- OFF:AUDIO.sub.-- OFF)                             AON.sub.-- VOFF                                                                               (VIDEO.sub.-- OFF:AUDIO.sub.-- ON)                              AOFF.sub.-- VON                                                                               (VIDEO.sub.-- ON:AUDIO.sub.-- OFF)                              ______________________________________                                    

Return Value(s):

CF₋₋ OK: successful completion

CFB₋₋ ERR₋₋ VCI+CF₋₋ ERR₋₋ CONF₋₋ STATE: VCI not initialized

CFB₋₋ ERR₋₋ VCI+CF₋₋ ERR₋₋ CALL₋₋ STATE: no call in progress

CFB₋₋ ERR₋₋ VCI+CF₋₋ ERR₋₋ CALL₋₋ HANDLE: invalid call handle

CFB₋₋ ERR₋₋ VCI+CF₋₋ ERR₋₋ STGRP₋₋ HANDLE: invalid stream group handle

CFB₋₋ ERR₋₋ VCI+CF₋₋ ERR₋₋ RESOURCE: unexpected resource failure

CFB₋₋ ERR₋₋ VCI+CF₋₋ ERR₋₋ STGRP₋₋ STATE: invalid stream group state

CFB₋₋ ERR₋₋ VCI+CF₋₋ ERR₋₋ AUDIO₋₋ STREAM₋₋ STATE: invalid audio stream state

CFB₋₋ ERR₋₋ VCI+CF₋₋ ERR₋₋ VIDEO₋₋ STREAM₋₋ STATE: invalid video stream state

CFB₋₋ ERR₋₋ AUD+audio error num: error in Audio Subsystem

CFB₋₋ ERR₋₋ VID+video error num: error in Video Subsystem

Valid State(s) to Issue:

call state: CCST₋₋ CONNECTED

stream group state: CCST₋₋ ACTIVE

State(s) after execution

call state: Unchanged

stream group state: Unchanged

CF₋₋ Mute

This function starts or stops sending the captured audio/video streams of a specified stream group (always local) to the peer.

CStatus CF₋₋ Mute (HCALL hCall, HSTGRP hStgrp, WORD wAVFlag)

Input:

hCall: Handle to the call.

hStgrp: Handle to the stream group.

wAVFlag: Start/stop flag.

    ______________________________________                                         AUDIO.sub.-- ON                                                                AUDIO.sub.-- OFF                                                               VIDEO.sub.-- ON                                                                VIDEO.sub.-- OFF                                                               AV.sub.-- ON   (VIDEO.sub.-- ON:AUDIO.sub.-- ON)                               AV.sub.-- OFF  (VIDEO.sub.-- OFF:AUDIO.sub.-- OFF)                             AON.sub.-- VOFF                                                                               (VIDEO.sub.-- OFF:AUDIO.sub.-- ON)                              AOFF.sub.-- VON                                                                               (VIDEO.sub.-- ON:AUDIO.sub.-- OFF)                              ______________________________________                                    

Return Value(s):

CF₋₋ OK: successful completion

CFB₋₋ ERR₋₋ VCI+CF₋₋ ERR₋₋ CONF₋₋ STATE: VCI not initialized

CFB₋₋ ERR₋₋ VCI+CF₋₋ ERR₋₋ CALL₋₋ STATE: no call in progress

CFB₋₋ ERR₋₋ VCI+CF₋₋ ERR₋₋ CALL₋₋ HANDLE: invalid call handle

CFB₋₋ ERR₋₋ VCI+CF₋₋ ERR₋₋ STGRP₋₋ HANDLE: invalid stream group handle

CFB₋₋ ERR₋₋ VCI+CF₋₋ ERR₋₋ RESOURCE: error with internal data structures

CFB₋₋ ERR₋₋ VCI+CF₋₋ ERR₋₋ STGRP₋₋ STATE: invalid stream group state

CFB₋₋ ERR₋₋ VCI+CF₋₋ ERR₋₋ AUDIO₋₋ STREAM₋₋ STATE: invalid audio stream state

CFB₋₋ ERR₋₋ VCI+CF₋₋ ERR₋₋ VIDEO₋₋ STREAM₋₋ STATE: invalid video stream state

CFB₋₋ ERR₋₋ AUD+audio error num: error in Audio Subsystem

CFB₋₋ ERR₋₋ VID+video error num: error in Video Subsystem

Valid State(s) to Issue:

call state: CCST₋₋ CONNECTED

stream group state: CCST₋₋ ACTIVE

State(s) after execution

call state: Unchanged

stream group state: Unchanged

CF₋₋ SnapStream

This function takes a snapshot of the video stream of the specified stream group and returns a still image (reference) frame in a buffer, allocated internally by VCI, to the application. The only supported image format is Device Independent Bitmap (DIB).

CStatus CF₋₋ SnapStream (HStGRP hStgrp, WORD wFormat, LPSTR FAR* lpLpVbits, LPBITMAPINFO IpBmi)

Input:

hStgrp: Handle to a stream group.

wFormat: Still image format.

IpBmi: Pointer to the BITMAPINFO structure of maximum extent (256 color).

Output:

pLpVbits: Pointer to DIB data, allocated internally.

Return Value(s):

CF₋₋ OK: successful completion

CFB₋₋ ERR₋₋ VCI+CF₋₋ ERR₋₋ CONF₋₋ STATE: VCI not initialized

CFB₋₋ ERR₋₋ VCI+CF₋₋ ERR₋₋ STGRP₋₋ HANDLE: invalid stream group handle

CFB₋₋ ERR₋₋ VCI+CF₋₋ ERR₋₋ RESOURCE: unexpected resource failure

CFB₋₋ ERR₋₋ VCI+CF₋₋ ERR₋₋ STGRP₋₋ STATE: invalid stream group state

CFB₋₋ ERR₋₋ VCI+CF₋₋ ERR₋₋ VIDEO₋₋ STREAM₋₋ STATE: invalid video stream state

CFB₋₋ ERR₋₋ VID+video error hum: error in Video Subsystem

Valid Stream Group State(s) to Issue:

CCST₋₋ ACTIVE

Stream Group State(s) after Execution:

Unchanged

CF₋₋ GetAudVidStream

This function returns the audio and video stream handles for the specified stream group.

CStatus CF₋₋ GetAudVidStream (HStGrp hStgrp, LPHSTRM lpHAStrm, LPHSTRM lpHVStrm)

Input:

hStgrp: Handle to a stream group.

Output:

lpHAStrm: Pointer to the handle of the audio stream.

lpHVStrm: Pointer to the handle of the video stream.

Return Value(s):

CF₋₋ OK: successful completion

CFB₋₋ ERR₋₋ VCI+CF₋₋ ERR₋₋ CONF₋₋ STATE: VCI not initialized

CFB₋₋ ERR₋₋ VCI+CF₋₋ ERR₋₋ STGRP₋₋ HANDLE: invalid stream group handle

CFB₋₋ ERR₋₋ VCI+CF₋₋ ERR₋₋ RESOURCE: error with internal data structures

Valid Stream Group State(s) to Issue:

CCST₋₋ ACTIVE

Stream Group State(s) after Execution:

Unchanged

Channel Management API Functions

CF₋₋ RegisterChanMgr

This function registers a callback or an application window whose message processing function will handle notifications generated by network channel initialization operations. This function is invoked before any CF₋₋ OpenChannel calls are made.

    __________________________________________________________________________     CStatus CF.sub.-- RegisterChanMgr (HCALL hCall, WORD wflag,                                                       CallBack)                                   __________________________________________________________________________

Input:

hCall: Handle to the call.

wFlag: Indicates the type of notification to be used:

CALLBACK₋₋ FUNCTION for callback interface

CALLBACK₋₋ WINDOW for post message interface

CallBack: Either a pointer to a callback function or a window handle to which messages will be posted, depending on flags.

Return Value(s):

CF₋₋ OK: successful completion

CFB₋₋ ERR₋₋ VCI+CF₋₋ ERR₋₋ CONF₋₋ STATE: VCI not initialized

CFB₋₋ ERR₋₋ VCI+CF₋₋ ERR₋₋ CALL₋₋ STATE: no call in progress

CFB₋₋ ERR₋₋ VCI+CF₋₋ ERR₋₋ CALL₋₋ HANDLE: invalid call handle

Valid Call State(s) to Issue:

CCST₋₋ CONNECTED

Call State(s) after Execution:

Unchanged

Callback Function:

FuncName (WORD wMessage, WORD wParam, LONG IParam)

wMessage: Message Type (CFM₋₋ XXXX₋₋ NTFY).

wParam: Call Handle.

IParam: Additional Information which is message-specific.

The parameters of the callback function are equivalent to the last three parameters passed to a Microsoft® Windows™ message handler function (Win 3.1).

CF₋₋ OpenChannel

This function requests to open a network channel with the peer application. The result of the action is given to the application by invoking the callback routine specified by the call to CF₋₋ RegisterChanMgr. The application must specify an ID for this transaction. This ID is passed to the callback routine or posted in a message.

CStatus CF₋₋ OpenChannel (HCALL hCall, LPCHAN₋₋ INFO lpChan, DWORD dwTransID)

Input:

hCall: Handle to the call.

pChan: Pointer to a channel structure. Filled by application. The structure contains:

--A channel number.

--Priority of this channel relative to other channels on this connection. Higher numbers represent higher priority.

--Timeout value for the channel.

--Reliability of the channel.

--Channel specific information. See CHAN₋₋ INFO definition in TII.

dwTransID: An application defined identifier that is returned with status messages to identify the channel request that the message belongs to.

Return Value(s):

CF₋₋ OK: successful completion

CFB₋₋ ERR₋₋ COM+comm error num: error in Comm Subsystem

Valid State(s) to Issue:

call state: CCST₋₋ CONNECTED

channel state: CHST₋₋ READY

State(s) after Execution:

call state: Unchanged

channel state: CHST₋₋ OPENING

Peer Message:

CFM₋₋ CHAN₋₋ OPEN₋₋ NTFY: Peer is requesting a channel.

Status Messages:

CFM₋₋ CHAN₋₋ ACCEPT₋₋ NTFY: Peer accepted the channel request.

CFM₋₋ CHAN₋₋ REJECT₋₋ NTFY: Peer rejected the channel request.

CF₋₋ AcceptChannel

This function accepts an incoming channel request, received as CFM₋₋ CHAN₋₋ OPEN₋₋ NTFY callback/message. The result is a one-way network channel for receiving data. The peer will receive a CFM₋₋ CHAN₋₋ ACCEPT₋₋ NTFY callback/message as a result of this call.

CStatus CF₋₋ AcceptChannel (HCHAN hChan, DWORD dwTransID)

Input:

hChan: Handle to the channel.

dwTranslD: A user defined identifier that was received as part of the CFM₋₋ CHAN₋₋ OPEN₋₋ NTFY message.

Return Value(s):

CF₋₋ OK: successful completion

CFB₋₋ ERR₋₋ COM+comm error num: error in Comm Subsystem

Valid State(s) to Issue:

call state: CCST₋₋ CONNECTED

channel state: CHST₋₋ RESPONDING

State(s) after Execution:

call state: Unchanged

channel state: CHST₋₋ OPEN

Peer Message:

CFM₋₋ CHAN₋₋ ACCEPT₋₋ NTFY: Peer accepted the channel request.

CF₋₋ RejectChannel

This function rejects an incoming channel request, received as CFM₋₋ CHAN₋₋ OPEN₋₋ NTFY callback/message. The peer will receive a CFM₋₋ CHAN₋₋ REJECT₋₋ NTFY callback/message as a result of this call.

CStatus CF₋₋ RejectChannel (HCHAN hChan, DWORD dwTranslD)

Input:

hChan: Handle to the channel.

dwTransID: A user defined identifier that was received as part of the CFM₋₋ CHAN₋₋ OPEN₋₋ NTFY message.

Return Value(s):

CF₋₋ OK: successful completion

CFB₋₋ ERR₋₋ COM+comm error num: error in Comm Subsystem

Valid State(s) to Issue:

call state: CCST₋₋ CONNECTED

channel state: CHST₋₋ RESPONDING

State(s) after Execution:

call state: Unchanged

channel state: CHST₋₋ READY

Peer Message:

CFM₋₋ CHAN₋₋ REJECT₋₋ NTFY: Peer rejected the channel request.

CF₋₋ RegisterChanHandler

This function registers a callback or an application window whose message processing function will handle notifications generated by TIt network channel IO activities. The channels that are opened will receive TII CHAN₋₋ DATA₋₋ SENT notifications, and the channels that are accepted will receive TII CHAN₋₋ RCV₋₋ COMPLETE notifications.

CStatus CF₋₋ RegisterChanHandler (HCHAN hChan, WORD wFlag, LPVOID CallBack)

Input:

hChan: Handle to the channel.

wFlag: Indicates the type of notification to be used:

    ______________________________________                                         CALLBACK.sub.-- FUNCTION                                                                          for callback interface                                      CALLBACK.sub.-- WINDOW                                                                            for post message interface                                  NOCALLBACK         for polled status interface                                 ______________________________________                                    

CallBack: Either a pointer to a callback function or a window handle to which messages will be posted, depending on flags.

Return Value(s):

CF₋₋ OK: successful completion

CFB₋₋ ERR₋₋ COM+comm error num: error in Comm Subsystem

Valid State(s) to Issue:

call state: CCST₋₋ CONNECTED

channel state: CHST₋₋ OPEN

State(s) after Execution:

call state: Unchanged

channel state: CHST₋₋ SEND (for outgoing channel)

CHST₋₋ RECV (for incoming channel)

Callback Function:

FuncName (WORD wMessage, WORD wParam, LONG IParam)

wMessage: Message Type (CFM₋₋ XXXX₋₋ NTFY).

wParam: Word parameter.

IParam: Long parameter.

The parameters of the callback function are equivalent to the last three parameters passed to a Microsoft® Windows™ message handler function (Win 3.1).

CF₋₋ CloseChannel

This function closes a network channel that was previously opened by CF₋₋ AcceptChannel or CF₋₋ OpenChannel. The handler for this channel is automatically de-registered. Both sides will receive a CFM₋₋ CHAN₋₋ CLOSE₋₋ NTFY callback/message as a result of this call.

CStatus CF₋₋ CloseChannel (HCHAN hChan, DWORD dwTranslD)

Input:

hChan: Handle to the channel to be closed.

dwTransID: An application defined identifier that is returned with the response notification.

Return Value(s):

CF₋₋ OK: successful completion

CFB₋₋ ERR₋₋ COM+comm error num: error in Comm Subsystem

Valid State(s) to Issue:

call state: CCST₋₋ CONNECTED

channel state: CHST₋₋ SEND, CHST₋₋ RECV, CHST₋₋ OPEN

State(s) after Execution:

call state: Unchanged

channel state: CHST₋₋ CLOSING

Peer Message:

CFM₋₋ CHAN₋₋ CLOSE₋₋ NTFY: Peer closed the channel.

Status Message:

CFM₋₋ CHAN₋₋ CLOSE₋₋ NTFY: Local close processing is complete.

CF₋₋ SendData

This function sends data to the peer. If the channel is not reliable and there are no receive buffers posted on the peer machine, the data will be lost. The Channel Handler in the VCI subsystem will receive a TII CHAN₋₋ DATA₋₋ SENT callback/message as a result of this call.

    __________________________________________________________________________     CStatus CF.sub.-- SendData (HCHAN hChan, LPSTR lpsBuffer,                                                      wBuflen,                                       DWORD dwTransID)                                                               __________________________________________________________________________

Input:

hChan: Handle to the channel.

IpsBuffer: Pointer to the buffer to be sent.

wBuflen: Length of the buffer in bytes.

dwTranslD: This is a user defined transaction ID which will be passed to the channel handler along with other status message data to identify the transaction that the response belongs to.

Return Value(s):

CF₋₋ OK: successful completion

CFB₋₋ ERR₋₋ COM+comm error num: error in Comm Subsystem

Valid State(s) to Issue:

call state: CCST₋₋ CONNECTED

channel state: CHST₋₋ SEND

State(s) after Execution:

call state: Unchanged

channel state: Unchanged

Peer Messages:

CHAN₋₋ RCV₋₋ COMPLETE: Data was received (TII message).

CHAN₋₋ LOST₋₋ DATA: Data was lost because of no CF₋₋ RecvData call (TII message).

Status Messages:

CHAN₋₋ DATA₋₋ SENT: Data is being sent and buffer is available for reuse (TII message).

CHAN₋₋ LOST₋₋ DATA: Data could not be sent (TII message).

CF₋₋ RecvData

This function posts receive buffers to the system. When the system has received data in the given buffers, the Channel Handler in the VCI subsystem will receive a TII CHAN₋₋ RCV₋₋ COMPLETE callback/message as a result of this call.

    __________________________________________________________________________     CStatus CF.sub.-- RecvData (HCHAN hChan, LPSTR lpsBuffer,                                                       wBuflen,                                      DWORD dwTransID)                                                               __________________________________________________________________________

Input:

hChan: Handle to the channel.

lpsBuffer: Pointer to the buffer to be filled in.

wBuflen: The length of the buffer in bytes. Maximum bytes to receive.

dwTransID: This is a user defined transaction ID which will be passed to the channel handler along with other status message to identify the transaction that the response belongs to.

Return Value(s):

CF₋₋ OK: successful completion

CFB₋₋ ERR₋₋ COM+comm error num: error in Comm Subsystem

Valid State(s) to Issue:

call state: CCST₋₋ CONNECTED

channel state: CHST₋₋ RECV

State(s) after Execution:

call state: Unchanged

channel state: Unchanged

Status Messages:

CHAN₋₋ RCV₋₋ COMPLETE: Indicates that data was received.

CHAN₋₋ LOST₋₋ DATA: Indicates that the buffer was too small for an incoming data message, or some other data error. The contents of the data buffer are undefined.

CF₋₋ GetChanInfo

This function returns status information of a specified channel (i.e., bandwidth information, number of sends/second, number of receives/second, etc.).

CStatus CF₋₋ GetChanlntb (HCHAN hChan, LPCHAN₋₋ INFO lpChanlnfo)

Input:

hChan: Handle to the specified channel.

lpChanlnfo: Pointer to a CHAN₋₋ INFO struct.

Return Value(s):

CF₋₋ OK: successful completion

CFB₋₋ ERR₋₋ VCI+CF₋₋ ERR₋₋ CHAN₋₋ STATE: invalid channel state

CFB₋₋ ERR₋₋ COM+comm error num: error in Corem Subsystem

Valid State(s) to Issue:

call state: CCST₋₋ CONNECTED

channel state: Any channel state except CHST₋₋ NULL, CHST₋₋ READY

State(s) after Execution:

call state: Unchanged

channel state: Unchanged

Channel Management Messages and Callbacks

CFM₋₋ CHAN₋₋ OPEN₋₋ NTFY (Channel open being requested by peer)

Returned Parameters:

wParam HCHAN: Handle to the channel to be used subsequently by the application.

IParam LPCHANMGR₋₋ CB: Pointer to information about incoming channel request.

Valid State(s) to Receive the Notification:

call state: CCST₋₋ CONNECTED

channel state: CHST₋₋ READY

State(s) after Receiving the Message:

call state: Unchanged

channel state: CHST₋₋ RESPONDING

CFM₋₋ CHAN₋₋ ACCEPT₋₋ NTFY (Channel open request accepted by peer)

Returned Parameters:

wParam HCHAN: Handle to the channel to be used subsequently by the application.

IParam DWORD: TranslD provided by the application that identifies the application transaction related to this notification.

Valid State(s) to Receive the Notification:

call state: CCST₋₋ CONNECTED

channel state: CHST₋₋ OPENING

State(s) after Receiving the Message:

call state: Unchanged

channel state: CHST₋₋ OPEN

CFM₋₋ CHAN₋₋ REJECT₋₋ NTFY (Channel open request rejected by peer)

Returned Parameters:

IParam DWORD: TranslD provided by the application that identifies the application transaction related to this notification.

Valid State(s) to Receive the Notification:

call state: CCST₋₋ CONNECTED

channel state: CHST₋₋ OPENING

State(s) after Receiving the Message:

call state: Unchanged

channel state: CHST₋₋ READY

CFM₋₋ CHAN₋₋ CLOSE₋₋ NTFY (Channel close being initiated locally or remotely)

Returned Parameters:

wParam HCHAN: Handle to the channel.

lParam DWORD: If the callback is a remote close indication, (IParam=0). If the callback is a response to a locally initiated CloseChannel, IParam=TranslD specified by application.

Valid State(s) to Receive the Notification:

call state: CCST₋₋ CONNECTED

channel state: CHST₋₋ SEND, CHST₋₋ RECV, CHST₋₋ OPEN, CHST₋₋ CLOSING

State(s) after Receiving the Message:

call state: Unchanged

channel state: CHST₋₋ READY

APPENDIX C: Video API

This appendix describes the application programming interface for video API 508 of FIG. 5. The description for this appendix is the same as the description for the appendix of the same name in U.S. patent application filed Nov. 15, 1994 as application Ser. No. 08/340,172. One difference is the addition of the following video stream functions:

VGetFormats

VSTATUS VGetFormats (DWORD, LPDWORD);

The VGetFormats function takes a DWORD format id and returns a DWORD format id. If the specified format id is equal to null (=`0`), then the first format id, from the set of all formats supported, is returned. Otherwise, the next format id, from the set of all formats supported, is returned. If the returned format id is equal to null, then there is not a next format, relative to the input format id specified.

VFormatCaps

VSTATUS VFormatCaps (DWORD, LPVCAPS);

The VFormatCaps function returns the video capabilities for a given format id. VFormatCaps takes a DWORD format id (see the VGetFormats definition) and a far pointer reference to a VCAPS structure. VFormatCaps returns a completed VCAPS structure and a VSTATUS return status code. The VCAPS structure is defined as follows:

    ______________________________________                                         typedef struct                                                                 WORD           wFormat;                                                        WORD           wReserved;                                                      DWORD          dwFeatures;                                                     WORD           wWidth;                                                         WORD           wHeight;                                                        WORD           wMaxFrameRate;                                                  } VCAPS;                                                                       ______________________________________                                    

The wFormat WORD is defined as follows:

    ______________________________________                                         #define     CAPT.sub.-- FORMAT.sub.-- IRV                                                                   1                                                 #define     CAPT.sub.-- FORMAT.sub.-- YUV                                                                   3                                                 #define     CAPT.sub.-- FORMAT.sub.-- MRV                                                                   16                                                ______________________________________                                    

Bit 1 of the dwFeatures DWORD is the zoom flag; bit 2 is the mirroring flag; and bit 31 is the conf/still flag. If a given bit is set (=`1`), then the specified feature is supported by the format; else, if the bit is not set (=`0`), then the specified feature is not supported by the format. For example, a dwFeatures value of 0×80000004 specifies a format that supports conferencing and mirroring and does not support zoom. The zoom and mirroring bits match the VINFO flags specification for a video stream object.

APPENDIX D: Audio API

The description for this appendix is the same as the description for the appendix of the same name in U.S. patent application filed Nov. 15, 1994 as application Ser. No. 08/340,172.

APPENDIX E: Comm API

This appendix describes the application programming interface for comm API (TII) 510 of FIG. 5. The description for this appendix is the same as the description for the appendix of the same name in U.S. patent application filed Nov. 15, 1994 as application Ser. No. 08/340,172. Two differences are in the RejectConnection and MakeConnection functions, which are defined as follows:

MakeConnection

The MakeConnection function attempts to connect to a peer application. The Session Handler (callback routine or the message handler) for the specified Session will receive status of the connection. When the connection is accepted by the peer, the Connection Handle will be given to the Session Handler. The peer session will receive a CONN₋₋ REQUESTED callback/message as a result of this call.

TSTATUS MakeConnection (HSESS Sessionhandle, DWORD Transld, LPTADDR lpCal leeAddr, LPCONN₋₋ CHR lpConnAuributes, WORD TimeOut, WORD ChanMgrFlags, LPVOID ChanMgr, LPVOID UserData, WORD UserDataLen)

    __________________________________________________________________________     Parameters:                                                                    SessionHandle                                                                           Handle for session, obtained via BeginSession.                        Transld  User defined identifier which will be returned to the Session                  Handler along                                                                  with the response notification.                                       lpCalleeAddr                                                                            Pointer to the address structure (containing a phone number,                   IPaddress etc.) of                                                             callee.                                                               lpConnAttributes                                                                        Pointer to the connection attributes.                                 TimeOut  Number of seconds to wait for peer to pickup the phone.               ChanMgr  The Channel Manager for this connection. This is either a                      pointer to a                                                                   callback function, or a window handle to which messages will be                posted,                                                                        depending on chanMgrFlags.                                            ChanMgrflags                                                                            Indicates the type of notification to be used for the Channel                  Manager:                                                                       CY.sub.-- CALLBACK.sub.-- FUNCTION                                                              for callback interface                                        CY.sub.-- CALLBACK.sub.-- WINDOW                                                                for post message interface                           UserData Pointer to up to 64 bytes of user defined data to be sent with                 the connection                                                                 request.                                                              UserDataLen                                                                             Length of the user data block specified in the UserData                        pointer.                                                              Return values:                                                                 SESS.sub.-- INVALID                                                                           The Session handle is invalid.                                  TOO.sub.-- MANY.sub.-- CONN                                                                   The finite number of connections supported by TII was                          exceeded.                                                       Status Messages (sent to the Session Handler):                                 CONN.sub.-- ACCEPTED                                                                          The peer process has accepted the call.                         CONN.sub.-- REJECTED                                                                          The Peer process has rejected the call.                         CONN.sub.-- TIMEOUT                                                                           No answer from peer.                                            Peer Messages:                                                                 CONN.sub.-- REQUESTED                                                          The CONN.sub.-- REQUESTED callback is defined as follows:                      CONN.sub.-- REQUESTED                                                          wParam         Connection handle.                                              lparam         Pointer to incoming connection information structure:                            {WORD     Session Handle                                                       LPTADDR   Pointer to caller's address                                          LPCONN.sub.-- CHR                                                                        Pointer to connection attributes                                     LPVOID    UserData                                                             WORD   }  UserDataLen                                         __________________________________________________________________________

The UserData field in the connection information structure points to a block of up to 64 bytes specified by the caller in the MakeConnection call. The UserDataLen field contains the number of transmitted bytes in the UserData field.

RejectConnection

The RejectConnection function is defined as follows:

TSTATUS RejectConnection (HCONN hConn, WORD ReasonCode)

    __________________________________________________________________________     Parameters:                                                                    hConn  Handle to the connection (received as part of the CONN.sub.--                  REQUESTED                                                                      callback/message).                                                      ReasonCode                                                                            The reason that the connection is being rejected. The user may                 send any WORD                                                                  value, however, if the value is less than T.sub.-- REJ.sub.--                  USER.sub.-- MIN, it will be interpreted as a                                   TII defined reason code. See below for a list of the valid TII                 defined reason codes.                                                   Return values:                                                                 SUCESSFUL    Connection reject was returned to peer.                           CONN.sub.-- INVALID                                                                         The Connection handle was invalid.                                The CONN.sub.-- REJECTED callback is as follows:                               CONN.sub.-- REJECTED (response to MakeConnection request)                      wParam    Reason for rejection.                                                lParam    TransId (specified by app in earlier request).                       __________________________________________________________________________

If the particular media in use supports the propagation of a user defined reason code with the rejection, the value given in the ReasonCode parameter in the RejectConnection call will be given in the wParam of the callback. If the remote site did not specify a reason for the rejection, the wParam is loaded with the local reason for the rejection (if the rejection was not because the remote site called RejectConnection) or the generic value T₋₋ IEJ₋₋ REJECTED. The rejection reasons are extended as follows:

//CONN₋₋ REJECTED sub-states. These will be returned in wParam.

    ______________________________________                                         #define T.sub.-- REJ.sub.-- BUSY                                                                       1                                                      #define T.sub.-- REJ.sub.-- REJECTED                                                                   2                                                      #define T.sub.-- REJ.sub.-- NET.sub.-- CONGESTED                                                       3                                                      #define T.sub.-- REJ.sub.-- NO.sub.-- RESPONSE                                                         4                                                      #define T.sub.-- REJ.sub.-- NET.sub.-- FAIL                                                            5                                                      #define T.sub.-- REJ.sub.-- INTERNAL                                                                   6                                                      #define T.sub.-- REJ.sub.-- USER.sub.-- MIN                                                            7                                                      ______________________________________                                    

Any value greater than or equal to T₋₋ REJ₋₋ USER₋₋ MIN is assumed by the comm stack to represent a user defined rejection code.

APPENDIX F: MDM API

This appendix describes the application programming interface for media dependent module (MDM) 1720 of FIG. 17.

Data Structures

This section describes the data structures which MDM presents externally. The MDM generates identifiers to refer to both sessions and connections. These identifiers are unique across all DLMs and MDMs present. Therefore, the DLMs and MDMs do not have conflicting formats of identifiers. This section describes how an MDM constructs session and connection ids.

An MDM session ID is a 32-bit unsigned integer. Bits 0 through 7 represent the ID of the MDM. This is the same value given to the MDM in MDM₋₋ BeginSession as well as given to the GDL in GDL₋₋ LoadMDM. It is the system wide ID for the particular MDM. Bits 8 through 15 represent the ID of the DLM which is calling this MDM. Bits 16 through 23 represent the session index. This value should begin at 0 for the first session and be incremented for each additional session opened on the MDM. All other bits of the session ID are reserved for future use.

An MDM connection ID is a 32-bit unsigned integer. Bits 0 through 23 represent the same values as given in the MDM Session ID. The MDM Connection ID adds the connection index into bits 24 through 31 of the DWORD. This value should begin at 0 for the first connection on a particular session and be incremented for each additional connection opened on the session.

MDM Characteristics

Since one particular DLM is able to operate with several MDMs, the DLM is able to adapt to the characteristics of a particular MDM. The MDM Characteristics structure is used by MDM₋₋ GetCharacteristics to report relevant data about the MDM.

    __________________________________________________________________________     BYTE MDMID;   // The MDM identifier used to refer to this MDM.                 WORD PacketSize;                                                                             // The most efficient packet size for transmission on the                      // network.                                                      BYTE MaxSessions;                                                                            // Maximum number of sessions that the MDM can support.          BYTE MaxConnections;                                                                         // Max. no. of connections that the MDM can support.             }                                                                              __________________________________________________________________________

Connection Characteristics

When the user opens a connection via MDM₋₋ MakeConnection, the user specifies the requested characteristics of the connection. This is specified in the CONNCHAR structure.

struct CONNCHAR

    ______________________________________                                          WORD Quality;                                                                            // Network defined quality of the connection.                        WORD BitRate;                                                                            // Requested bit rate of the connection.                            };                                                                             ______________________________________                                    

TADDR

A TADDR structure is used to represent a network address. MDM uses this to specify all network specify addresses.

struct TADDR

    __________________________________________________________________________     WORD AddressType;                                                                          // Identifier which specifies how the address block is to be                   interpreted                                                                    // by the lower layers.                                            WORD AddressLength;                                                                        // Number of significant bytes in the Address block.               BYTE Address[80];                                                                          // Address information for the lowest network layer.               };                                                                             __________________________________________________________________________

The address type specifies the DLM and MDM that is to interpret this address. The upper byte of the word specifies the DLM ID and the lower byte specifies the MDM ID.

MDM Event

An MDM event is used in the session callback to indicate that an event has taken place on the network.

struct MDMEVENT

    __________________________________________________________________________     WORD EventType;   // Specifies the type of event which triggered the                             callback.                                                    WORD Status;      // Indicates the status of the event.                        BYTE DlmId;       // Unique DLM ID of the DLM to process the event.            BYTE MdmId;       // Unique MDM ID of the MDM generating the event.            DWORD MdmSessionId;                                                                              // Session ID, assigned by the MDM, on which the event                         // occurred.                                                 DWORD MdmConnId;  // Indicates the Connection Id, assigned by MDM, on                            which                                                                          // this event occurred.                                      DWORD Token;      // The token value was given in the call to initiate an                        action.                                                                        // When the callback notifies the user that the action                         is                                                                             // complete, the token is returned in this field.            LPTADDR Addr;     // Specifies the LPTADDR of the caller.                      LPCONNCHAR Characteristics;                                                                      // This field is a LPCONNCHR to the connection                                 // characteristics.                                          LPBYTE UserData;  // Pointer to the data specified in the UserData                               parameter of the                                                               // DLM.sub.-- MakeConnection call for this connection.       WORD UserDataLen; // Number of valid bytes in the UserData block.              }                                                                              __________________________________________________________________________

Interface for Connection Oriented Call Control

As with the DLM, the MDM establishes a connection between two machine before data can be transferred. This section details the functions used to establish sessions and connections on an MDM. The following functions are used for connection management:

MDM₋₋ BeginSession

MDM₋₋ EndSession

MDM₋₋ Listen

MDM₋₋ MakeConnection

MDM₋₋ AcceptConnection

MDM₋₋ RejectConnection

MDM₋₋ CloseConnection

The following calls are allowed in an interrupt context, all other functions are not called from an interrupt context:

MDM₋₋ MakeConnection

MDM₋₋ AcceptConnection

MDM₋₋ RejectConnection

MDM₋₋ CloseConnection

Operations on connections generate session callbacks. The MDM generates the following events to the session callback function during connection establishment and tear-down:

CONN₋₋ REQUESTED

CONN₋₋ ESTABLISHED

CONN₋₋ EJECTED

CONN₋₋ CLOSE₋₋ COMPLETE

CONN₋₋ CLOSE₋₋ NOTIFY

SESS₋₋ CLOSED

SESS₋₋ ERROR

CONN₋₋ ERROR

Referring now to FIG. 57, there are shown connection diagrams that show the interactions between a DLM and an MDM in connection and session establishment and tear-down.

Session Callback

Most of the session and connection management functions of the MDM are asynchronous. They initiate an action and when that action is complete, MDM will call back to the user via the session callback. The calling convention for the callback is as follows:

void FAR PASCAL SessionCalIback(LPMDMEVENT Event)

Event is a far pointer to an MDM event structure.

For each function which generates a callback, all of the fields of the MDM event structure are listed. If a particular field contains a valid value during a callback, an X is placed in the table for the callback. Some fields are only optionally returned by the MDM. Optional fields are noted with an `O` in the tables. If a pointer field is not valid or optionally not returned, the MDM will pass a NULL pointer in its place. The upper layer does not assume that pointer parameters such as LPMDMEVENT, LPTADDR, and LPCONNCHAR are in static memory. If the upper layer needs to process them in a context other than the callback context, it makes a private copy of the data.

MDM₋₋ BeginSession

This call prepares MDM for subsequent connection establishment. It is called at both ends before a connection is made or accepted.

    __________________________________________________________________________     WORD MDM.sub.-- BeginSession(BYTE DlmId, BYTE MdmId, LPTADDR                                                      LocalAddress,                               FARPROC SessionCallback, LPDWORD lpMdmSessionId)                               __________________________________________________________________________

Session IDs are unique across all MDMs. MDM₋₋ BeginSession will detect the absence of the underlying transport and report an error to the upper layer. Well-behaved MDMs do not hang in the absence of the transport.

    __________________________________________________________________________     Parameters:                                                                    DlmId      Identifier for DLM calling the MDM.                                 MdmId      Identifier for MDM being called.                                    LocalAddress                                                                              Far pointer to TADDR at which connection will be established.       SessionCallback                                                                           FARPROC at which the upper layer will be notified of session                   events.                                                             lpMdmSessionId                                                                            Far Pointer to Session identifier returned by this call.            Return Value (Status Indication):                                              E.sub.-- OK                                                                               Session opened correctly.                                           E.sub.-- NOSESSION                                                                        Too many sessions already opened.                                   E.sub.-- NOMEM                                                                            Unable to allocate memory for session.                              E.sub.-- NETERR                                                                           An error has occurred in the network layer.                         E.sub.-- INTERNAL                                                                         An internal error has occurred in the MDM                           Local Callbacks:                                                                          NONE - MDM.sub.-- BeginSession returns synchronously                Peer Callbacks:                                                                           NONE                                                                MDM EndSession                                                                 This function ends the specified session.                                      WORD MDM.sub.-- EndSession(DWORD MdmSessionId)                                 Parameters:                                                                    MdmSessionID:                                                                             Session identifier returned in MDM.sub.-- BeginSession              Return Value (Status Indication):                                              E.sub.-- OK                                                                               Session closed correctly.                                           E.sub.-- SESSNUM                                                                          MdmSessionID is not valid.                                          E.sub.-- SESSUNUSED                                                                       Session is not in use.                                              E.sub.-- SESSCLOSED                                                                       Session has been closed.                                            E.sub.-- SESSNOTOPEN                                                                      Session is not open.                                                E.sub.-- IDERR                                                                            Session is not active on this MDM.                                  E.sub.-- CONNSOPEN                                                                        Connections are open on this session.                               E.sub.-- INTERNAL                                                                         An internal error has occurred in the MDM                           Local Callbacks:                                                               SESS.sub.-- CLOSED                                                             Event Parameter                                                                           SESS.sub.-- CLOSED                                                  EventType    X                                                                 Status       X                                                                 DlmId        X                                                                 MdmId        X                                                                 MdmSessionId                                                                                X                                                                 MdmConnId                                                                      Token                                                                          Addr                                                                           Characteristics                                                                UserData                                                                       UserDataLen                                                                    Peer Callbacks:                                                                           NONE                                                                __________________________________________________________________________

MDM₋₋ Listen

This function initiates a listen at the specified address.

WORD MDM₋₋ Listen(DWORD MdmSessionld, LPCONNCHAR Characteristics)

When an incoming connection request arrives, asynchronous notification is done to the Session callback function. The Listen stays in effect until MDM₋₋ EndSession is performed.

    __________________________________________________________________________     Parameters:                                                                    MdmSessionID                                                                              Session identifier returned in MDM.sub.-- BeginSession              Characteristics                                                                           Characteristics is a far pointer to media specific                             characteristics that have been                                                 passed un-interpreted by the upper layers. They specify the                    characteristics                                                                requested by the user. The actual characteristics provided by                  the MDM are                                                                    returned in the callback structure.                                 Return Value (Status Indication):                                              E.sub.-- OK                                                                               Listen succeeded, operation is pending to the network.              E.sub.-- SESSNUM                                                                          MdmSessionID is not valid.                                          E.sub.-- SESSUNUSED                                                                       Session is not in use.                                              E.sub.-- SESSCLOSED                                                                       Session has been closed.                                            E.sub.-- SESSNOTOPEN                                                                      Session is not open.                                                E.sub.-- IDERR                                                                            Session is not active on this MDM.                                  E.sub.-- NETERR                                                                           An error has occurred in the network layer.                         E.sub.-- INTERNAL                                                                         An internal error has occurred in the MDM                           Local Callbacks:                                                               CONN.sub.-- REQUESTED                                                          Event Parameter                                                                           CONN.sub.-- REQUESTED                                               EventType    X                                                                 Status       X                                                                 DlmId        X                                                                 MdmId        X                                                                 MdmSessionId                                                                                X                                                                 MdmConnId    X                                                                 Token                                                                          Addr         X                                                                 Characteristics                                                                             X                                                                 UserData                                                                       UserDataLen                                                                    Peer Callbacks:                                                                           NONE                                                                __________________________________________________________________________

MDM MakeConnection

This function makes a connection to the specified address.

WORD MDM₋₋ MakeConnection (DWORD MdmSessionld, LPCONNCHAR Characteristics, DWORD Token. FARPROC SendCallback, FARPROC ReceiveCallback, LPTADDR CalleeAddress, LPBYTE UserData, WORD UserDataLen)

The MDM connection ID of the new connection is returned in the callback. Connection IDs are unique across all MDMs.

    __________________________________________________________________________     Parameters:                                                                    MdmSessionID                                                                              Session identifier returned in MDM.sub.-- BeginSession              Token      The Token is preserved by MDM in the response callback. This                   allows the                                                                     upper layer to match the response with this request. The MDM                   also returns                                                                   Token with all data callbacks associated with this                             connection.                                                         Characteristics                                                                           Characteristics is a far pointer to media specific                             characteristics that have been                                                 passed un-interpreted by the upper layers. They specify the                    characteristics                                                                requested by the user. The actual characteristics provided by                  the MDM are                                                                    returned in the callback structure.                                 SendCallback                                                                              Upper layer function which is called back on send completion.       ReceiveCallback                                                                           Upper layer function which is called back on data received.         CalleeAddress                                                                             Far Pointer to TADDR of remote address to be called.                UserData   Pointer to a block of up to 64 bytes of data that is to be                     supplied to the remote                                                         user on the CONNECTION.sub.-- REQUEST callback.                     UserDataLen                                                                               Number of valid bytes in the UserData block.                        Return Value (Status Indication):                                              E.sub.-- OK                                                                               Connection synchronously successful, connect operation is                      pending on the network.                                             E.sub.-- SESSNUM                                                                          MdmSessionID is not valid.                                          E.sub.-- SESSUNUSED                                                                       Session is not in use.                                              E.sub.-- SESSCLOSED                                                                       Session has been closed.                                            E.sub.-- SESSNOTOPEN                                                                      Session is not open.                                                E.sub.-- IDERR                                                                            Session is not active on this MDM.                                  E.sub.-- NOCONN                                                                           Unable to allocate local connection.                                E.sub.-- CHARACT                                                                          Unable to allocate connnection with desired characteristics.        E.sub.-- NETERR                                                                           An error has occurred in the network layer.                         E.sub.-- ADDRESS                                                                          Invalid address or address type.                                    E.sub.-- INTERNAL                                                                         An internal error has occurred in the MDM                           Local Callbacks:                                                               CONN.sub.-- ESTABLISHED                                                        CONN.sub.-- REJECTED                                                           Event Parameter                                                                               CONN.sub.-- REJECTED                                                                       CONN.sub.-- ESTABLISHED                             EventType      X           X                                                   Status         X           X                                                   DlmId          X           X                                                   MdmId          X           X                                                   MdmSessionId   X           X                                                   MdmConnId                  X                                                   Token          X           X                                                   Addr                       O                                                   Characteristics            X                                                   UserData                                                                       UserDataLen                                                                    Peer Callbacks:                                                                           CONN.sub.-- REQUESTED - Satisfies a previous MDM.sub.-- Listen                 on this address.                                                    Event Parameter                                                                               CONN.sub.-- REQUESTED                                           EventType      X                                                               Status         X                                                               DlmId          X                                                               MdmId          X                                                               MdmSessionId   X                                                               MdmConnId      X                                                               Token                                                                          Addr                                                                           Characteristics                                                                               X                                                               UserData       X                                                               UserDataLen    X                                                               __________________________________________________________________________

MDM₋₋ AcceptConnection

This function accepts an incoming connection request.

WORD MDM₋₋ AcceptConnection(DWORD MdmConnld, DWORD Token, FARPROC SendCallback, FARPROC ReceiveCallback);

The Token is preserved by MDM in the response callback. This allows the upper to match the response with this request. The Connection Id is returned in the callback. The MDM also returns Token with all callbacks associated with this connection. SendCallback and ReceiveCallback specify the upper layer functions to be called when a previous send is complete or data has been received.

    __________________________________________________________________________     Parameters:                                                                    MdmConnID: Connection identifier returned in the CONN.sub.-- REQUESTED                    callback.                                                           Token      The Token is preserved by MDM in the response callback. This                   allows the upper to                                                            match the response with this request. The MDM also returns                     Token with all data                                                            callbacks associated with this connection.                          SendCallback                                                                              Upper layer function which is called back on send completion.       ReceiveCallback                                                                           Upper layer function which is called back on data received.         Return Value (Status Indication):                                              E.sub.-- OK                                                                               Accept operation succeeded, operation is pending on the                        network.                                                            E.sub.-- SESSNUM                                                                          MdmConnID is not on a valid session.                                E.sub.-- SESSUNUSED                                                                       Session is not in use.                                              E.sub.-- SESSNOTOPEN                                                                      Session is not open.                                                E.sub.-- IDERR                                                                            MdmConnID does not refer to a connection on this MDM.               E.sub.-- CONNNUM                                                                          MdmConnID is not valid.                                             E.sub.-- CONNUNUSED                                                                       Connection is not in use.                                           E.sub.-- CONNSTATE                                                                        Connection has been closed or is already open.                      E.sub.-- NETERR                                                                           An error has occurred in the network layer.                         E.sub.-- INTERNAL                                                                         An internal error has occurred in the MDM                           Local Callbacks:                                                               CONN.sub.-- ESTABLISHED                                                        Event Parameter                                                                           CONN.sub.-- ESTABLISHED                                             EventType    X                                                                 Status       X                                                                 DlmId        X                                                                 MdmId        X                                                                 MdmSessionId                                                                                X                                                                 MdmConnId    X                                                                 Token        X                                                                 Addr         O                                                                 Characteristics                                                                             X                                                                 UserData                                                                       UserDataLen                                                                    Peer Callbacks:                                                                CONN.sub.-- ESTABLISHED                                                                         Satisfies a previous MDM.sub.-- MakeConnection on this                         address.                                                      Event Parameter                                                                           CONN.sub.-- ESTABLISHED                                             EventType    X                                                                 Status       X                                                                 DlmId        X                                                                 MdmId        X                                                                 MdmSessionId                                                                                X                                                                 MdmConnId    X                                                                 Token        X                                                                 Addr         O                                                                 Characteristics                                                                             X                                                                 UserData                                                                       UserDataLen                                                                    __________________________________________________________________________

MDM₋₋ RejectConection

This function rejects an incoming connection request. It returns a WORD status.

WORD MDM₋₋ RejectConnection(DWORD MdmConnld, WORD ReasonCode)

    __________________________________________________________________________     Parameters:                                                                    MdmConnID: Connection identifier returned in the CONN.sub.-- REQUESTED                    callback.                                                           ReasonCode The user defined reason code for this rejection. Returned to                   the remote use as the                                                          Status field in the event structure of the CONNECTION.sub.--                   REJECTED callback.                                                  Return Value (Status Indication):                                              E.sub.-- OK                                                                               Connection successfully rejected.                                   E.sub.-- SESSNUM                                                                          MdmConnID is not on a valid session.                                E.sub.-- SESSUNUSED                                                                       Session is not in use.                                              E.sub.-- SESSNOTOPEN                                                                      Session is not open.                                                E.sub.-- IDERR                                                                            MdmConnID does not refer to a connection on this MDM.               E.sub.-- CONNNUM                                                                          MdmConnID is not valid.                                             E.sub.-- CONNUNUSED                                                                       Connection is not in use.                                           E.sub.-- CONNSTATE                                                                        Connection has been closed or is already open.                      E.sub.-- NETERR                                                                           An error has occurred in the network layer.                         E.sub.-- INTERNAL                                                                         An internal error has occurred in the MDM                           Local Callbacks:                                                               None                                                                           Peer Callbacks:                                                                CONN.sub.-- REJECTED                                                                      Satisfies a previous MDM.sub.-- MakeConnection on this                         address.                                                            Event Parameter                                                                           CONN.sub.-- REJECTED                                                EventType    X                                                                 Status       X                                                                 DlmId        X                                                                 MdmId         X                                                                MdmSessionId                                                                                X                                                                 MdmConnId    X                                                                 Token        X                                                                 Addr                                                                           Characteristics                                                                UserData                                                                       UserDataLen                                                                    __________________________________________________________________________

MDM₋₋ CloseConnection

This function tears down an established connection. It returns a WORD status; the actual result is notified asynchronously via the callback function. This call is allowed only for established connections.

WORD₋₋ MDM CloseConnection(DWORD MdmConnld, DWORD Token);

    __________________________________________________________________________     Parameters:                                                                    MdmConnID: Connection identifier returned in the CONN.sub.-- REQUESTED                    callback.                                                           Token      Uninterpreted value returned to the upper layer in the                         callback.                                                           Return Value (Status Indication):                                              E.sub.-- OK                                                                               Synchronous part of close operation was successful, operation                  is pending on the network.                                          E.sub.-- SESSNUM                                                                          MdmConnID is not on a valid session.                                E.sub.-- SESSUNUSED                                                                       Session is not in use.                                              E.sub.-- SESSNOTOPEN                                                                      Session is not open.                                                E.sub.-- IDERR                                                                            MdmConnID does not refer to a connection on this MDM.               E.sub.-- CONNNUM                                                                          MdmConnID is not valid.                                             E.sub.-- CONNUNUSED                                                                       Connection is not in use.                                           E.sub.-- CONNCLOSED                                                                       Connection has been closed already.                                 E.sub.-- NETERR                                                                           An error has occurred in the network layer.                         E.sub.-- INTERNAL                                                                         An internal error has occurred in the MDM                           Local Callbacks:                                                               CONN.sub.-- CLOSE.sub.-- COMPLETE                                              Event Parameter                                                                           CONN.sub.-- CLOSE.sub.-- COMPLETE                                   EventType    X                                                                 Status       X                                                                 DlmId        X                                                                 MdmId        X                                                                 MdmSessionId                                                                                X                                                                 MdmConnId    X                                                                 Token        X                                                                 Addr                                                                           Characteristics                                                                UserData                                                                       UserDataLen                                                                    Peer Callbacks:                                                                           CONN.sub. -- CLOSE.sub.-- NOTIFY                                    Event Parameter                                                                           CONN.sub.-- CLOSE.sub.-- NOTIFY                                     EventType    X                                                                 Status       X                                                                 DlmId        X                                                                 MdmId        X                                                                 MdmSessionId                                                                                X                                                                 MdmConnId    X                                                                 Token                                                                          Addr                                                                           Characteristics                                                                UserData                                                                       UserDataLen                                                                    __________________________________________________________________________

Interface for Connection Oriented Data Transmission

The data transfer interface to the MDM is responsible for sending data from the local computer to the remote site. It also is based on the entry point, callback model. A DLM interfaces to an MDM through the functions MDM₋₋ ClearToSend, MDM₋₋ Send, and MDM₋₋ GetCharacteristics. In response to a previous send operation completing or reception of data on the network, the MDM notifies the DLM via callback functions. The common data type between a DLM and an MDM is the link packet.

Send Complete Callback

The send complete callback is activated when a link packet has been sent on the network. The entry point is defined in the SendCallback parameter of MDM₋₋ MakeConnection. It is a far pointer to a far PASCAL function defined as follows:

void FAR PASCAL DLM₋₋ SendComplete(LPPTR LinkPacket, DWORD MDMConnID, DWORD Token, WORD Size, WORD Status)

    ______________________________________                                         Parameters:                                                                    LinkPacket:                                                                              Link packet that was sent.                                           MDMConnID MDM Connection ID on which the data was                                        sent.                                                                Token     Token for the connection specified earlier                                     via MDM.sub.-- MakeConnection or                                               MDM.sub.-- AcceptConnection.                                         Size      Number of bytes transmitted. Does not include                                  the size of the link packet header                                             information that was also transmitted.                               Status    Status of the operation.                                             ______________________________________                                    

For simplicity, it is the responsibility of the subsystem that allocated the link packet to free it. The link packet used in a send is allocated in the DLM and therefore, the MDM will not free it after the call to the send complete callback. The MDM assumes that after the send complete callback, the pointer to the link packet is no longer valid. Therefore, the DLM can free the link packet within the send complete callback.

Receive Callback

The data receive callback is activated when a link packet arrives on the network. The entry point is defined in the ReceiveCallback parameter of MDM₋₋ MakeConnection. It is a far pointer to a far PASCAL function defined as follows:

void FAR PASCAL DLM₋₋ Received(LPPTR LinkPacket, DWORD MDMConnlD, DWORD Token, WORD ByteCount, WORD Status)

    ______________________________________                                         Parameters:                                                                    LinkPacket:                                                                              Link packet that was sent.                                           MDMConnID MDM Connection ID on which the data was                                        sent.                                                                Token     Token for the connection specified earlier via                                 MDM.sub.-- MakeConnection or                                                   MDM.sub.-- AcceptConnection.                                         ByteCount Number of bytes of data received, does                                         not include the size of the link packet header                                 information.                                                         Status    Status of the operation.                                             ______________________________________                                    

Because of the assumptions about allocating and freeing link packets, the MDM which allocated the link packet will free it immediately after the receive callback returns. Therefore, it is the responsibility of the DLM to copy the data out of the link packet before the callback routine returns.

MDM₋₋ ClearToSend

The function MDM₋₋ ClearToSend verifies that a link packet of the given size can currently be sent on the network on the specified MDM connection (returned earlier via MDM₋₋ MakeConnection or a CONN₋₋ ESTABLISHED callback). DLM uses this function to perform flow control.

BOOL MDM₋₋ ClearToSend(DWORD MDMConnld, WORD ByteCount)

    ______________________________________                                         Parameters:                                                                    MDMConnID: Connection on which data may be sent.                               ByteCount: Number of bytes of data to send. This                                          will correspond to the number of data bytes                                    within a link packet, not including the                                        header information.                                                 Return Value:                                                                  TRUE       Data can currently be sent.                                         FALSE      Sending the indicated data is not                                              currently possible.                                                 Local Callbacks:                                                                          None                                                                Peer Callbacks:                                                                           None                                                                ______________________________________                                    

MDM₋₋ Send

The function MDM₋₋ Send is responsible for sending a link packet on the network immediately. Flow control is verified by a preceding call to MDM₋₋ ClearToSend. The return value is the synchronous status of the network send operation. MDM₋₋ Send is however, an asynchronous function. If the return value indicates success, a send complete callback will be generated into the calling DLM for this link packet. If the return value indicates failure, no callback will occur and the operation has ended.

WORD MDM₋₋ Send(DWORD MDMConnlD, LPPTR LinkPacket, WORD ByteCount);

    __________________________________________________________________________     Parameters:                                                                    MDMConnID: Connection on which data will be sent.                              LinkPacket Fully formatted link packet containing the data.                    ByteCount: Number of bytes of data to send. This will correspond to the                   number of data bytes                                                           within a link packet, not including the header information.         Return Value (Status Indication):                                              E.sub.-- OK                                                                               Buffer was accepted and enqueued for transmission.                  E.sub.-- SESSNUM                                                                          MDMConnID is not on a valid session.                                E.sub.-- SESSUNUSED                                                                       Session is not in use.                                              E.sub.-- SESSCLOSED                                                                       Session has been closed.                                            E.sub.-- SESSNOTOPEN                                                                      Session is not open.                                                E.sub.-- IDERR                                                                            MDMConnID does not refer to a connection on this MDM.               E.sub.-- CONNNUM                                                                          MDMConnID is not valid.                                             E.sub.-- CONNUNUSED                                                                       Connection is not in use.                                           E.sub.-- CONNCLOSED                                                                       Connection has been closed.                                         E.sub.-- CONNNOTOPEN                                                                      Connection is not currently open.                                   E.sub.-- NOMEM                                                                            Unable to allocate enough memory to perform the send.               E.sub.-- INTERNAL                                                                         An internal error has occurred within the MDM.                      E.sub.-- NETERR                                                                           An error has occurred in the network layer.                         Local Callbacks:                                                                          Callback to the defined send complete function for the                         connection on which the data was sent.                              Peer Callbacks:                                                                           Callback to the defined data receive function for the                          connection on which the data arrives.                               __________________________________________________________________________

MDM₋₋ GetCharacteristics

This function is used by a DLM to get relevant data about an MDM, such as the most efficient size of link packets. It is a synchronous function and the return value indicates the status of the operation. If it indicates success, the appropriate fields of the structure pointed to by the parameter are set to values defined for this MDM.

WORD MDM₋₋ GetCharacteristics(LPMDMCHARS Characteristics)

    ______________________________________                                         Parameters:                                                                    Characteristics:                                                                           Pointer to a characteristics structure to be                                   filled by MDM.sub.-- GetCharacteristics.                           Return Value (Status Indication):                                              E.sub.-- OK Successful completion.                                             Local Callbacks:                                                                           None                                                               Peer Callbacks:                                                                            None                                                               ______________________________________                                    

APPENDIX G: MDMHelpr API

This appendix describes the application programming interface for MDM helper (MDMHelpr) 1722 of FIG. 17.

WMC₋₋ OPEN

An application sends a WMC₋₋ OPEN message to inform the helper that the application will use the helper until a WMC₋₋ CLOSE is sent.

    ______________________________________                                         Parameters:                                                                    wParam = (WPARAM) 0; // not used (zero).                                       lParam = (LPARAM) 0; // not used (zero).                                       ______________________________________                                    

Returns:

The return value is the procedural instance callback address used during the SendMessage call.

If error occurs. NULL is returned.

    __________________________________________________________________________     Example:                                                                       FARPROC pfHelprCallback = (FARPROC)SendMessage(hWnd, WMC.sub.-- OPEN,          0,0);                                                                          if (!pfHelprCallback)                                                          {  return ERROR;                                                               __________________________________________________________________________

WMC₋₋ CLOSE

An application sends a WMC₋₋ CLOSE message to inform the helper that the application will no longer use the helper.

    ______________________________________                                         Parameters:                                                                    wParam = (WPARAM) 0;  // not used (zero)                                       lParam = (LPARAM) 0;  // not used (zero)                                       ______________________________________                                    

Returns:

The return value is always zero.

Example:

SendMessage(hWnd, WMC₋₋ CLOSE, 0,0);

WMU₋₋ SEND₋₋ MESSAGE

An application uses WMU₋₋ SEND₋₋ MESSAGE to get the helper task context for the callback.

    __________________________________________________________________________     Parameters:                                                                    wParam = (WPARAM) wMessage;                                                                               // message passed                                   lParam = (LPARAM)(FARPROC)pfCallback;                                                                     // callback address                                 Parameter                                                                            Description:                                                             wMessage                                                                             Value of wParam. Specifies the message passed to the callback.           pfCallback                                                                           Value of lParam. Specifies the callback function.                        __________________________________________________________________________

Returns:

The return value specifies the result of the message processing and depends on the message sent.

Example:

SendMessage(hWnd, WMU₋₋ SEND₋₋ MESSAGE, USER₋₋ MESSAGE,

(LPARAM)(FARPROC)CalIback);

WMU₋₋ POST₋₋ MESSAGE

An application uses WMU₋₋ POST₋₋ MESSAGE to get the helper task context for the callback.

    __________________________________________________________________________     Parameters:                                                                    wParam = (WPARAM) wMessage;                                                                               // message passed                                   lParam = (LPARAM)(FARPROC)pfCallback;                                                                     // callback address                                 Parameter                                                                            Description:                                                             wMessage                                                                             Value of wParam. Specifies the message passed to the callback.           pfCallback                                                                           Value of lParam. Specifies the callback function.                        __________________________________________________________________________

Returns: There is no return value.

Example:

SendMessage(hWnd, WMU₋₋ POST₋₋ MESSAGE, USER₋₋ MESSAGE,

(LPARAM)(FARPROC)Callback);

WMC₋₋ ADD₋₋ CLIENT

An application uses WMC₋₋ ADD₋₋ CLIENT to register itself as a client of the helper.

    ______________________________________                                         Parameters:                                                                    wParam = (WPARAM) wToken;                                                                               // user                                                                        supplied token                                        lParam = (LPARAM)(FARPROC)pfCallback;                                                                   // callback                                                                    address                                               Parameter                                                                              Description:                                                           wToken  Value of wParam. Specifies the token passed to the                             client during callback.                                                pfCallback                                                                             Value of lParam. Specifies the callback function.                      ______________________________________                                    

Returns:

Returns new handle to client to be used by client for all subsequent client services. Returns E₋₋ INTERNAL if error occurs.

Example:

WORD hClient=(WORD)SendMessage(hWnd, WMU₋₋ ADD₋₋ CLIENT, 1,

(LPARAM)(FARPROC)Callback);

WMC₋₋ DELETE₋₋ CLIENT

An application uses WMC₋₋ DELETE₋₋ CLIENT to deregister itself and free resources owned by the helper.

    ______________________________________                                         Parameters:                                                                    wParam = (WPARAM) hClient;                                                                           // handle of client                                      Parameter Description:                                                         hClient   Value of wParam. Specifies the client handle                                   assigned in WMC.sub.-- ADD.sub.-- CLIENT.                            ______________________________________                                    

Returns: There is no return value.

Example:

SendMessage(hWnd, WMU₋₋ DELETE₋₋ CLIENT, hClient, 0);

WMC₋₋ SEND₋₋ MESSAGE

An application uses WMC₋₋ SEND₋₋ MESSAGE to get the helper task context for the callback.

    ______________________________________                                         Parameters:                                                                    wParam = (WPARAM) hClient;                                                                         // handle of client                                        lParam = (LPARAM) dwToken;                                                                         // user supplied token                                     Parameter                                                                               Description:                                                          hClient  Value of wParam. Specifies the client handle                                   assigned in WMC.sub.-- ADD.sub.-- CLIENT.                             pfCallback                                                                              Value of lParam. Specifies the callback function.                     ______________________________________                                    

Returns:

The return value specifies the result of the message processing and depends on the message sent.

Example:

SendMessage(hWnd, WMC₋₋ SEND₋₋ MESSAGE, hClient, USER₋₋ MESSAGE);

WMC₋₋ POST₋₋ MESSAGE

An application uses WMC₋₋ POST₋₋ MESSAGE to get the helper task context for the callback.

    ______________________________________                                         Parameters:                                                                    wParam = (WPARAM) hClient;                                                                         // handle of client                                        lParam = (LPARAM) dwToken;                                                                         // user supplied token                                     Parameter                                                                               Description:                                                          hClient  Value of wParam. Specifies the client handle                                   assigned in WMC.sub.-- ADD.sub.-- CLIENT.                             pfCallback                                                                              Value of lParam. Specifies the callback function.                     ______________________________________                                    

Returns: There is no return value.

Example:

PostMessage(hWnd, WMC₋₋ SEND₋₋ MESSAGE, hClient, USER₋₋ MESSAGE);

WMC₋₋ ADD₋₋ WMTIMER

An application uses WMC₋₋ ADD₋₋ WMTIMER to create an event callback for a registed client.

    ______________________________________                                         Parameters:                                                                    wParam = (WPARAM) hClient;                                                                          // handle of client                                       lParam = LPEVENT.sub.-- INFO;                                                                       // event control block                                    Parameter Description:                                                         hClient   Value of wParam. Specifies the client handle                                   assigned in WMC.sub.-- ADD.sub.-- CLIENT.                            pEventInfo                                                                               Value of lParam. Specifies the address of the                                  EVENT.sub.-- INFO structure.                                         ______________________________________                                    

Returns:

Returns E₋₋ OK if message completed. Returns E₋₋ INTERNAL if hClient specifies an invalid client or the helpers event list is full.

Comments:

The callback generated from this event is a guaranteed Task timer callback.

    ______________________________________                                         Example:                                                                       EVENT.sub.-- INFO sInfo;                                                       sInfo.dwToken = 1;                                                             sInfo.dwInterval = 1000;   // number of milliseconds                           SendMessage(hWnd, WMC.sub.-- ADD.sub.-- WMTIMER, hClient,                      (LPARAM)(LPEVENT.sub.-- INFO)&sInfo);                                          ______________________________________                                    

WMC₋₋ ADD₋₋ MMTIMER

An application uses WMC₋₋ ADD₋₋ MMTIMER to create an event callback for a registed client.

    ______________________________________                                         Parameters:                                                                    wParam = (WPARAM) hClient;                                                                          // handle of client                                       lParam = LPEVENT.sub.-- INFO;                                                                       // event control block                                    Parameter Description:                                                         hClient   Value of wParam. Specifies the client                                          handle assigned in WMC.sub.-- ADD.sub.-- CLIENT.                     pEventInfo                                                                               Value of lParam. Specifies the address of the                                  EVENT.sub.-- INFO structure.                                         ______________________________________                                    

Returns:

Returns E₋₋ OK if message completed. Returns E₋₋ INTERNAL if hClient specifies an invalid client or the helpers event list is full.

Comments:

The callback generated from this event is a guaranteed multimedia timer callback.

    ______________________________________                                         Example:                                                                       EVENT.sub.-- INFO sInfo;                                                       sInfo.dwToken = 2;                                                             sInfo.dwInterval = 100;  // number of milliseconds                             SendMessage(hWnd, WMC.sub.-- ADD.sub.-- MMTIMER, hClient,                      (LPARAM)(LPEVENT.sub.-- INFO)&sInfo);                                          ______________________________________                                    

WMC₋₋ DELETE₋₋ CLIENT₋₋ EVENT

An application uses WMC₋₋ DELETE₋₋ CLIENT₋₋ EVENT to remove event callback for a registed client.

    ______________________________________                                         Parameters:                                                                    wParam = (WPARAM) hClient;                                                                           // handle of client                                      lParam = (LPARAM) dwToken;                                                                           // user token                                            Parameter Description:                                                         hClient   Value of wParam. Specifies the client handle                                   assigned in WMC.sub.-- ADD.sub.-- CLIENT.                            dwToken   Value of lParam. Specifies the supplied token                                  used when adding the event.                                          ______________________________________                                    

Returns: There is no return value.

Example:

SendMessage(hWnd, WMC₋₋ DELETE₋₋ CLIENT₋₋ EVENT, hClient, 1 );

WMC₋₋ SET₋₋ CLIENT₋₋ SOCKET

An application uses WMC₋₋ SET₋₋ CLIENT₋₋ SOCKET to associate a socket ID with a client for subsequent socket related callbacks.

    ______________________________________                                         Parameters:                                                                    wParam = (WPARAM) hClient;                                                                         // handle of client                                        LOWORD(lParam) = wSocketID;                                                                        // socket ID to associate                                                      with client                                                Parameter                                                                               Description:                                                          hClient  Value of wParam. Specifies the client handle                                   assigned in WMC.sub.-- ADD.sub.-- CLIENT.                             wSocketID                                                                               LOWORD of lParam. Specifies the socket ID.                            ______________________________________                                    

Returns:

Returns E₋₋ OK if message completed or E₋₋ INTERNAL if hClient specifies an invalid client.

Example:

SendMessage(hWnd, WMC₋₋ SET₋₋ CLIENT₋₋ SOCKET, hClient, 1 );

APPENDIX H: LPM API

This appendix describes the application programming interface for link packet manager (LPM) 1724 of FIG. 17. In particular, this section describes the internals of the link packet format and how the necessary fields are generated. Link packets are divided into three pans:

(1) A non-transmittable links structure to be used for general bookkeeping of the link packet.

(2) A transmittable header structure which specifies the destination address and other information about the context of the packet.

(3) The data block which is simply an array of bytes.

The C definition for a link packet is as follows:

    ______________________________________                                         struct LINKPACKET                                                                        struct linkstruct links;                                                       struct headstruct header;                                                      BYTE datablock[n];                                                   }                                                                              ______________________________________                                    

The number of bytes in the data block is variable depending on the requested size of the link packet. The link structure is defined as follows:

    ______________________________________                                         struct linkstruct                                                                     struct LINKPACKET FAR *next;                                                   struct LINKPACKET FAR *prev;                                                   WORD availablesize;                                                            union user.sub.-- fields                                                       {                                                                                  Various                                                                    }                                                                       }                                                                              ______________________________________                                    

The link packets are be used by both the DLM and the MDM, placed on various queues, and stored into various structures. In order to facilitate putting packets into data structures, the links structure contains generic pointers (prey and next) that can be used by the subsystems. Since each subsystem may use the next and prey pointers, they are not preserved across calls outside of the subsystem. The available size parameter specifies the maximum number of bytes which can be stored in the data block. Finally, user₋₋ fields union contains various MDM and DLM specific data.

The header block of the link packet is transmitted on the network along with the data since it contains information to be used for reconstructing the message on the receiving channel.

    ______________________________________                                                struct headstruct                                                              {                                                                                  WORD size;                                                                     BYTE recchan;                                                                  BYTE origchan;                                                                 WORD seqoff;                                                                   WORD totalsize;                                                            }                                                                       ______________________________________                                    

The fields of the header are defined as follows:

    ______________________________________                                         size   The number of bytes of the transmittable data, the size                        of the header plus the number of bytes in                                      the data block.                                                         recchan                                                                               The channel ID of the channel to receive this                                  link packet.                                                            origchan                                                                              The channel ID of the channel which originated                                 the data.                                                               seqoff The offset from the beginning of the user's                                    data packet of the start of this link packet.                           totalsize                                                                             The total number of bytes of the user's data                                   packet which is being transmitted.                                      ______________________________________                                    

Entry Points

There are four functions of the LPM:

LPM₋₋ CreatePackets

LPM₋₋ DestroyPackets

LPM₋₋ Get

LPM₋₋ Free

LPM₋₋ Get and LPM₋₋ Free may be called from an interrupt or callback context. LPM₋₋ CreatePackets and LPM₋₋ DestroyPackets may not.

LPM₋₋ CreatePackets

Each subsystem is responsible for allocating a pool of link packets for its exclusive use. This is done through a call to LPM₋₋ CreatePackets which builds the requested number of link packets and returns a handle to the pool of packets. Whenever packets are to be allocated or freed, the user specifies the pool to use.

WORD LPM₋₋ CreatePackets(WORD PacketSize, WORD NumLinkPackets, DWORD FAR *lpPacketKey)

Parameters:

PacketSize: Number of bytes in the data block of each link packet. Note that this does not include the size of the header information.

NumLinkPackets: Number of link packets to place in the pool.

lpPacketKey: Far Pointer to a DWORD which will receive the packet key, i.e., the handle to the pool of packets.

    ______________________________________                                         Return Value (Status Indication):                                              E.sub.-- OK Packets created successfully.                                      E.sub.-- NOMEM                                                                             Unable to allocate memory for packets.                             ______________________________________                                    

LPM₋₋ DestroyPackets

LM₋₋ DestroyPackets is used to free the memory used by an entire pool of link packets. After a successful call, the packet key is no longer valid for allocating or freeing link packets. If the function returns E₋₋ NODESTROY, packets were in use and no destroy action took place. In this case, the packet key is still valid.

WORD LPM₋₋ DestroyPackets(DWORD PacketKey)

    ______________________________________                                         Parameters:                                                                    PacketKey    Key to the pool of packets to free.                               Return Value (Status Indication):                                              E.sub.-- OK    Packets destroyed successfully.                                 E.sub.-- NODESTROY                                                                            Packet in use in the pool, unable to                                           destroy the Unable to destroy                                                  packets.                                                        ______________________________________                                    

LPM₋₋ Get

LPM₋₋ Get is used to allocate a link packet of a requested size from a pool of link packets.

LPPTR LPM₋₋ Get(WORD Size. DWORD PacketKey)

    ______________________________________                                         Parameters:                                                                    Size:   Number of bytes required in the data block of the                              link packet. Note that this does not include the                               size of the header information.                                        PacketKey                                                                              Key to the pool of packets.                                            ______________________________________                                    

Return Value: Pointer to the link packet

NULL Packet could not be allocated, either the size was incorrect or all packets in this pool are in use.

LPM₋₋ Free

LPM₋₋ Free is used to return a link packet to the pool to be used by another requester. void LPM₋₋ Free(LPPTR LinkPacket, DWORD PacketKey)

    ______________________________________                                         Parameters:                                                                    LinkPacket:     The link packet to free.                                       PacketKey       Key to the pool of packets                                     ______________________________________                                    

Return Value: None

APPENDIX I: GDL API

This appendix describes the application programming interface for global dynamic loader (GDL) 1706 of FIG. 17. The GDL uses the following types to return the entry points of a newly loaded library to the caller. For a DLM, the structure is as follows:

    ______________________________________                                         struct DLMENTRY                                                                FARPROC DLM.sub.-- BeginSession;                                               FARPROC DLM.sub.-- EndSession;                                                 FARPROC DLM.sub.-- Listen;                                                     FARPROC DLM.sub.-- MakeConnection;                                             FARPROC DLM.sub.-- AcceptConnection;                                           FARPROC DLM.sub.-- RejectConnection;                                           FARPROC DLM.sub.-- CloseConnection;                                            FARPROC DLM.sub.-- Open;                                                       FARPROC DLM.sub.-- Send;                                                       FARPROC DLM.sub.-- PostBuffer;                                                 FARPROC DLM.sub.-- Close;                                                      FARPROC DLM.sub.-- GetCharacteristics;                                         };                                                                             ______________________________________                                    

Each field of the structure contains the address of the correspondingly named DLM entry point. For an MDM, the structure is as follows:

    ______________________________________                                         struct MDMENTRY                                                                FARPROC MDM.sub.-- BeginSession;                                               FARPROC MDM.sub.-- EndSession;                                                 FARPROC MDM.sub.-- Listen;                                                     FARPROC MDM.sub.-- MakeConnection;                                             FARPROC MDM.sub.-- AcceptConnection;                                           FARPROC MDM.sub.-- RejectConnection;                                           FARPROC MDM.sub.-- CloseConnection;                                            FARPROC MDM.sub.-- Send;                                                       FARPROC MDM.sub.-- ClearToSend;                                                FARPROC MDM.sub.-- GetCharacteristics;                                         };                                                                             ______________________________________                                    

Each field of the structure contains the address of the correspondingly named MDM entry point.

Entry Points

The user interfaces to GDL via the functions GDL₋₋ LoadDLM GDL₋₋ UnloadDLM, GDL₋₋ LoadMDM, and GDL₋₋ UnloadMDM. Each of these functions and their data structures are described in detail below.

GDL₋₋ LoadDLM

This function brings a specified DLM into memory and prepares it for execution.

WORD GDL₋₋ LoadDLM(BYTE DLMID, LPDLMENTRY EntryStructPtr)

If the requested library is not currently loaded, GDL₋₋ LoadDLM maps the given DLMID to the library name and loads the requested library from the disk. It initializes the library by calling the LibMain function. It then initializes the reference count of the library, and returns via the EntryStructPtr parameter, the entry points of this particular DLM. The return value of this function is a status indication. If the requested library has already been loaded, it simply increments the reference count, and returns the structure of entry points.

    ______________________________________                                         Parameters:                                                                    DLMID:    Global identifier of the DLM that is to be                                     loaded.                                                              EntryStructPtr                                                                           Output parameter, the entry points of the newly                                loaded library.                                                      Return Value (Status Indication):                                              E.sub.-- OK                                                                              Library successfully loaded.                                         E.sub.-- NOLOAD                                                                          Library not loaded.                                                  ______________________________________                                    

GDL₋₋ UnloadDLM

This function removes a specified DLM from memory.

WORD GDL₋₋ UnloadDLM(BYTE DLMID)

This function decrements the reference count for the specified DLM. All future references to this DLM should be considered invalid. If the reference count goes to 0, it calls the library's WEP and removes the library from memory.

Parameters:

DLMID: Global identifier of the DLM that is to be unloaded.

Return Value (Status Indication):

E₋₋ OK Library successfully unloaded.

GDL₋₋ LoadMDM

This function brings a specified MDM into memory and prepares it for execution.

WORD GDL₋₋ LoadMDM(BYTE MDMID, LPMDMENTRY EntryStructPtr)

If the requested library is not currently loaded, GDL₋₋ LoadMDM maps the given MDMID to the library name and loads the requested library from the disk. It performs initialization of the library by calling the library's LibMain function and initializes the reference count of the library. It returns via the EntryStructPtr parameter, the entry points of this particular MDM. The return value of this function is a status indication. If the requested library has already been loaded, it simply increments the reference count, and returns the structure of entry points.

    ______________________________________                                         Parameters:                                                                    MDMID:    Global identifier of the MDM that is to be                                     loaded.                                                              EntryStructPtr                                                                           Output parameter, the entry points of the newly                                loaded library.                                                      Return Value (Status Indication):                                              E.sub.-- OK                                                                              Library successfully loaded.                                         E.sub.-- NOLOAD                                                                          Library not loaded.                                                  ______________________________________                                    

GDL₋₋ UnloadMDM

This function removes a specified MDM from memory.

WORD GDL₋₋ UnloadMDM(BYTE MDMID)

This function decrements the reference count for the specified MDM. All future references to this MDM should be considered invalid. If the reference count goes to 0, it calls the library's WEP and removes the library from memory.

Parameters:

MDMID: Global identifier of the MDM that is to be unloaded.

    ______________________________________                                         Return Value (Status Indication):                                              E.sub.-- OK   Library successfully unloaded.                                   ______________________________________                                    

ID to Library Name Mapping

For each ID, the GDL translates this into a library name to load, a mapping is as follows:

    ______________________________________                                         DLM ID  Library Name                                                           0       DLM.DLL                                                                MDM ID  Library Name   Network Implementation                                  0       MDM.DLL                                                                1       MDMNBIOS.DLL   NetBIOS                                                 2       MDMTEL.DLL     Teleos ISDN                                             3       MDMTTY.DLL     Serial/MODEM                                            ______________________________________                                    

APPENDIX J: LMI API

This appendix describes the application programming interface for LAN management interface (LMI) 556 of FIG. 5.

Loading, Unloading, and Starting Corem Sessions

In conferencing system 100, a call to LMI₋₋ Init is followed by one or more calls to LMI₋₋ AddLANTransport. Before conferencing system 100 shuts down, all transports which were started with LMI₋₋ AddLANTransport are shut down with LMI₋₋ DeleteLANTranspon. Then LMl₋₋ UnInit is called. All of these functions usually finish asynchronously, except for LMI₋₋ Init.

LMI₋₋ Init

The LMI₋₋ Init function is called after loading LMI to initialize LMI for further use. The parameters supply the path to the PSVIDEO.INI file and the VCI window handle. LMI posts messages to VCI 506 using the VCI window handle supplied to this function whenever asynchronous completion of an LMI function needs to be signaled. The LMI₋₋ Init function invokes the Microsoft® Windows™ WinExec function of the LMITRD.EXE task. LMI₋₋ Init returns its result synchronously: either LMI₋₋ OK, or else an error code (see LMI₋₋ OK in lmi.h). The LMI₋₋ Init function is defined as follows:

extern WORD FAR PASCAL ₋₋ export

LMI₋₋ Init(LPCSTR IpszlNIFile, IIWND hVCIThread);

LMI₋₋ Unlnit

The LMI₋₋ Unlnit function is called by VCI 506 to shut down LMI. Its completion is signalled to VCI 506 by posting LMI₋₋ UNINIT₋₋ NTFY to VCI 506. The LMI₋₋ Unlnit function is defined as:

extern void FAR PASCAL ₋₋ export

LMI₋₋ Unlnit();

LMI₋₋ AddLANTransport

The LMI₋₋ AddLANTransport function is called once for each transport that LMI will begin a session on. Depending on whether and how many calls are made, LMI can begin a session on one, two, or all of the IP, IPX, and NetBIOS transports. As an asynchronous consequence of successfully starting a TII session on the transport, a datagram session will also be started on that transport, but a datagram session is only started if this client is bound to the management computer on this particular transport. The first of these one or two operations to fail, or their success, is signalled to VCI 506 asynchronously with the LMI₋₋ ADDTRANS₋₋ RESPONSE message. The LMI₋₋ AddLANTransport function is defined as follows:

extem WORD FAR PASCAL ₋₋ export

LMI₋₋ AddLANTransport(LPTADDR IpOurAddrTypelnTADDR, TSTATUS FAR *

lpSyncCommError, BOOL FAR * lpfOplsComplete );

The LPTADDR is only dereferenced to extract its address type (transport id) which defines the session to start. This function is a no-op and synchronously returns success when called with any address types other than the 3 supported LAN address types.

lpSyncCommError is the TSTATUS of the first comm operation to fail. If lpSyncCommError is nonzero on return, there is either a failure from the GetLocalAddress operation or the BeginSession.

Completion of the LMI₋₋ AddLANTransport function is synchronous or asynchronous depending on the state of *lptDplsComplete on return. TRUE implies a synchronous return and FALSE implies an asynchronous return. Asynchronous completion is signalled to VCI 506 with the LMI₋₋ ADDTRANS₋₋ RESPONSE message. The following synchronous errors can be returned:

LMI₋₋ ALT₋₋ FULL: The number of LMI₋₋ AddLANTransport calls has overtaxed LMI's internal data structure. It is permitted to call LMI₋₋ AddLANTransport with the three supported LAN transports.

LMI₋₋ ALT₋₋ DELETING: The transport is currently being asynchronously deleted and cannot be added.

LMI₋₋ ALT₋₋ GETLOCALADDR: GetLocalAddress failed.

LMI₋₋ ALT₋₋ MGMTSESSFAIL: The BeginSession failed.

LMI₋₋ ALT₋₋ INTERNALERR: Some other synchronous problem occurred in starting the session.

LMI₋₋ DeleteLANTransport

The LMI₋₋ DeleteLANTransport function will shut down the TII session on the transport defined by the AddressType field of the LPTADDR. As an asynchronous result of the shutdown of the TII session, the datagram session on this transport will be shut down if it exists. The LMI₋₋ DeleteLANTransport function is defined as follows:

extern WORD FAR PASCAL ₋₋ export

LMl₋₋ DeleteLANTransport(LPTADDR lpOurAddrTypeInTADDR, BOOL FAR * lpfOplsComplete);

If *lpfOplsComplete is TRUE on exit, the LMI₋₋ DeleteLANTransport function returns LMI₋₋ OK or else a synchronous error code. Otherwise, the result of the operation is signaled by sending the LMI₋₋ DELTRANS₋₋ RESPONSE message to VCI 506.

Requesting Permission to Conference

LMI is called to request permission to call a peer or to receive a call from a peer, whether or not the address type involved is a LAN address. As a result, LMI is able to be synchronized with the conferencing state of VCI 506. Permission is actually requested of the management computer only when the peer address is a LAN address and there exists an address of the same type as the peer's address in the SQBIND.INI file.

Normally, the sequence of calls is LMI₋₋ RequestPermission followed by LMI₋₋ CallCommit. If LMI₋₋ CallCommit's parameter is FALSE, there will be no conference and the call sequence terminates. If, on the other hand, TRUE is passed to LMI₋₋ CallCommit, then LMI ConferenceCommit is called at the end of client negotiation to indicate whether the conference is actually going to occur and terminate the call sequence.

It is permitted to call LMI₋₋ ConferenceCommit(FALSE, . . . ) at any time after LMI₋₋ RequestPermission to terminate the call sequence. This provides a way for VCI 506 to signal LMI asynchronously that the caller has hung up or that the peer-to-peer connection has been broken prematurely.

If LMl₋₋ ConferenceCommit(TRUE . . . ) is called, LMI₋₋ ConferenceLeave is called when that conference has terminated.

LMI₋₋ RequestPermission

The LMI₋₋ RequestPermission function is called by VCI 506 when a call is intended to be made, or else the call is made when the peer-to-peer call has been received and before it is accepted. The LMI₋₋ RequestPermission function is defined as follows:

extern LMI₋₋ PermStatus FAR PASCAL ₋₋ export

LMI₋₋ RequestPermission(BOOL flAreCaller, LPTADDR lpLocalAddress, LPTADDR lpPeerAddress. DWORD dwBandwidth );

The flAmCaller flag is TRUE if this computer is the caller, or FALSE if this computer is the callee. The lpLocalAddress is only dereferenced for its AddressType field. The IpPeerAddress on the other hand is used in its entirety. The dwBandwidth figure is the bandwidth requested for the conference. The bandwidth requested in the LMl₋₋ RequestPermission function call is not exceeded during future negotiation between the peers.

The LMI₋₋ RequestPermission function returns a synchronous result of LMI₋₋ PermStatus type as follows:

LMl₋₋ PS₋₋ Permitted₋₋ NoSequoiaBinding: There is no need of a management computer. This does not absolve VCI 506 of the responsibility of doing the rest of the permission request call sequence.

LMI₋₋ PS₋₋ Pending₋₋ RequestingPennission: VCI 506 should wait for the LMI₋₋ PERM₋₋ RESPONSE message before proceeding with the call.

LMl₋₋ PS₋₋ Denied₋₋ NoSequoiaBinding: VCI 506 should not proceed with calling or accepting because this client is not bound to a management computer.

LMI₋₋ PS₋₋ Permitted₋₋ NoSequoiaBinding: VCI 506 is permitted to call or accept because there is no management computer binding and the Strict flag in PSVIDEO.INI is explicitly 0.

LMI₋₋ CallCommit

The LMI₋₋ CaliCommit function is called after the synchronous or asynchronous completion of LMI₋₋ RequestPermission. The flag indicates (as appropriate) whether the caller has chosen to call or the callee has chosen to receive. VCI 506 does not elect to call or receive without having received permission as a consequence of LMI₋₋ RequestPermission. The LMI₋₋ CallCommit function is defined as follows:

extem void FAR PASCAL ₋₋ export

LMI₋₋ CallCommit(BOOL tWillCall );

LMl₋₋ CallCommit designates FALSE in this call if the total amount of bandwidth that was requested in LMI₋₋ RequestPermission was not granted by LMI. In an alternative embodiment, VCI may chose to call or receive with a lower granted bandwidth.

LMI₋₋ ConferenceCommit

The LMl₋₋ ConferenceCommit function indicates whether or not this client will actually embark on a conference. It is callable any time after LMl₋₋ RequestPermission, but designates that the conference will proceed only if it is called after LMI₋₋ CallCommit(TRUE).

extern void FAR PASCAL ₋₋ export

LMI₋₋ ConferenceCommit(BOOL fWillConference, LPCSTR lpszCallerName, LPCSTR lpszCal leeName, DWORD dwBandwidth);

The fWillConference parameter is TRUE if the conference will proceed, otherwise FALSE. The lpszCallerName and lpszCalleeName strings provide the human-readable names of the conferees. This name information is optional (one or both of these parameters can be NULL). These parameters control whether these names are available on the management computer application's active connections list. The dwBandwidth figure contains the audio/video bandwidth which was negotiated between the peers. This value is less than or equal to that which was originally requested in LMI₋₋ RequestPermission.

LMI₋₋ ConferenceLeave

The LMI₋₋ ConferenceLeave function indicates that the conference which was committed with LMI₋₋ ConferenceCommit has ended. The LMI₋₋ ConferenceLeave function is defined as follows:

extem void FAR PASCAL ₋₋ export

LMI₋₋ Conference Leave();

Miscellaneous LMI Entry Point

LMI₋₋ GetErrorText

The LMI₋₋ GetErrorText function decodes the sequence of error codes begun by LMI₋₋ OK (see LMI.H). It uses the same algorithm as the other subsystems of conferencing system 100. The LMI₋₋ GetErrorText function is defined as:

extern WORD FAR PASCAL₋₋ export

LMI₋₋ GetErrorText(WORD wErrorCode, LPSTR lpszErrorString, WORD wSize );

Asynchronous Messages from LMI to VCI

LMI₋₋ UNINIT₋₋ NTFY

The LMI₋₋ UNINIT₋₋ NTFY message is posted to VCI 506 as a consequence of calling LMI₋₋ Unit. Upon receipt of this message, LMI is eligible for unloading.

LMI₋₋ KILL₋₋ CALL

The LMI₋₋ KILL₋₋ CALL message is posted to VCI 506 as a consequence of receiving the kill datagram from the management computer for the purpose of forcing an end to the current conference within a fixed amount of time. The wParam parameter contains the grace period in minutes (0 means immediate). The IParam points to the null-terminated string which documents a reason for the kill as designated by the LAN administrator (the operator of the management computer). The reason string is statically allocated within LMI and hence can be overwritten by subsequent kills.

LMI₋₋ PERM₋₋ RESPONSE

The LMI₋₋ PERM₋₋ RESPONSE message is posted to VCI 506 as a consequence of calling LMl₋₋ RequestPermission and receiving the LMI₋₋ PS₋₋ Pending₋₋ RequestingPermission return from that function. The following table explains the wParam and IParam parameters in the message. In all cases, the LMl₋₋ PS₋₋ Denied₋₋ * values indicate that permission to conference is denied.

    __________________________________________________________________________     wParam                Explanation                                              __________________________________________________________________________     LMI.sub.-- PS.sub.-- Denied.sub.-- ProtocolsUnfinished                                               Previous management protocols have not yet shut                                down.                                                           lParam:     Unused                                                      LMI.sub.-- PS.sub.-- Permitted.sub.-- BandwidthGranted                                               The request was granted.                                        lParam:     Granted Bandwidth                                           LMI.sub.-- PS.sub.-- Permitted.sub.-- BandwidthPartial                                               Less bandwidth was granted.                                     lParam:     Granted Bandwidth (less than requested)                     LMI.sub.-- PS.sub.-- Denied.sub.-- NoBandwidth                                                       No bandwidth was granted.                                       lParam:     Unused                                                      LMI.sub.-- PS.sub.-- Denied.sub.-- CalleeInConf                                                      The callee is busy with another client.                         lParam:     Unused                                                      LMI.sub.-- PS.sub.-- Denied.sub.-- SequoiaInternalError                                              Management computer problems which are not covered                             elsewhere. Most are related to comm.                            lParam:     LMI.sub.-- RPE.sub.-- PROTOCOLFAILURE                                          LMI.sub.-- RPE.sub.-- SEQUOIARESOURCEFAILURE                                   LMI.sub.-- RPE.sub.-- MSGCORRUPTION                                            LMI.sub.-- RPE.sub.-- PROTOCOLFAILURE                                          LMI.sub.-- RPE.sub.-- ACCEPTCONNERROR                                          LMI.sub.-- RPE.sub.-- OPENCHANERROR                                            LMI.sub.-- RPE.sub. -- ACCEPTCHANERROR                                         LMI.sub.-- RPE.sub.-- REGCHANHANDLERERROR                                      LMI.sub.-- RPE.sub.-- CONNACCEPTUNEXPECTED                                     LMI.sub.-- RPE.sub.-- CHANREQUESTUNEXPECTED                                    LMI.sub.-- RPE.sub.-- CHANACCEPTUNEXPECTED                                     LMI.sub.-- RPE.sub.-- CHANREJECTUNEXPECTED                                     LMI.sub.-- RPE.sub.-- SENDERROR                                                LMI.sub.-- RPE.sub.-- RECEIVEERROR                                             LMI.sub.-- RPE.sub.-- CONNERROR                                                LMI.sub.-- RPE.sub.-- PROTOCOLFAILURE                       LMI.sub.-- PS.sub.-- Denied.sub.-- CalleeConnFailed                                                  Management computer could not contact the callee.               lParam:     TSTATUS of failure                                          LMI.sub.-- PS.sub.-- Denied.sub.-- CalleeConnRejected                                                Management computer could not contact the callee.               lParam:     TSTATUS of failure                                          LMI.sub.-- PS.sub.-- Denied.sub.-- CalleeConnTimeout                                                 Management computer could not contact the callee.               lParam:     Unused                                                      LMI.sub.-- PS.sub.-- Permitted.sub.-- SequoiaNotResponding                                           Management computer could not be reached, but mode                             is non-strict.                                                  lParam:     Unused                                                      LMI.sub.-- PS.sub.-- Denied.sub.-- LocalResourceFailure                                              LMI has run out of its local memory.                            lParam:     Unused                                                       LMI.sub.-- PS.sub.-- Denied.sub.-- LocalInternalError                                               See LMI.sub.-- PS.sub.-- Denied.sub.-- SequoiaIntern                           alError                                                  LMI.sub.-- PS.sub.-- Denied.sub.-- SequoiaConnFailed                                                 Failure to reach management computer.                           lParam:     TSTATUS of failure                                          LMI.sub.-- PS.sub.-- Denied.sub.-- SequoiaConnRejected                                               Failure to reach management computer.                           lParam:     TSTATUS of failure                                          LMI.sub.-- PS.sub.-- Denied.sub.-- SequoiaConnTimeout                                                Failure to reach management computer.                           lParam:     Unused                                                      __________________________________________________________________________

LMI₋₋ ADDTRANS₋₋ RESPONSE

The LMI₋₋ ADDTRANS₋₋ RESPONSE message is a consequence of the LMl₋₋ AddLANTransport call. The wParam is the AddressType which was given to LMl₋₋ AddLANTransport. The IParam is LMI₋₋ OK if the transport was successfully added. Otherwise, the low word of IParam is one of {LMI₋₋ ALT₋₋ MGMTSESSFAIL, LMI₋₋ ALT₋₋ DGSESSFAIL, LMI₋₋ ALT₋₋ INTERNALERR} according to whether the TII session failed, the datagram sessions failed, or there was a miscellaneous algorithmic error, respectively. If the TII session failed, then the high word of 1Param is the offending TSTATUS. If the datagram session failed, then the high word of IParam is the error code from the datagram session. The high word is unused for internal errors.

LMI₋₋ DELTRANS₋₋ RESPONSE

The LMI₋₋ DELTRANS₋₋ RESPONSE message is a consequence of the LMI₋₋ DeleteLANTransport call. The wParam is the AddressType which was given to LMI₋₋ DeleteLANTransport. The IParam is unused.

    __________________________________________________________________________     LMI.H                                                                          The LMI.H include file is defined as follows:                                  #ifndef LMI.sub.-- H                                                           #define LMI.sub.-- H  /* #defined if lmi.h has been included */                #ifdef.sub.-- cplusplus                                                        extern "C" {                                                                   #endif                                                                         #include <cycommon.h>                                                          #include <tii.h>                                                               // Messages from LMI to VCI                                                    #define LMI.sub.-- UNINIT.sub.-- NTFY FIRST.sub.-- LMI.sub.-- MSG                                         // wParam: LMI error code; lParam: unused           #define LMI.sub.-- KILL.sub.-- CALL ((FIRST.sub.-- LMI.sub.-- MSG)+1)                                     // wParam: grace period (in minutes)                                           // lParam: reason string                            #define LMI.sub.-- PERM.sub.-- RESPONSE ((FIRST.sub.-- LMI.sub.--              MSG)+2)                       // wParam: LMI.sub.-- PennStatus                                               // lParam: bandwidth/error code                  #define LMI.sub.-- ADDTRANS-PESPONSE ((FIRST.sub.-- LMI.sub.-- MSG)+3)                                          // wParam: addrtype                                                            // lParam: LMI error code                                                      // (LOWORD), COMM error                                                        // code (HIWORD)                              #define LMI.sub.-- DELTRANS.sub.-- RESPONSE ((FIRST.sub.-- LMI.sub.--          MSG)+4)                          // wParam: addrtype                                                            // lParam: LMI error code                     // Messages from LMI DLL to LMI thread                                         #define LMI.sub.-- SHUTDOWN ((FIRST.sub.-- LMI.sub.-- MSG)+5)                  // Error codes (explanatory text can be looked up via LMI.sub.-- GetErrorT     ext)                                                                           #define LMI.sub.-- OK 0                                                        // LMI.sub.-- Init errors                                                      #define LMI.sub.-- IE.sub.-- WINEXEC 1                                                              // error creating Imitrd.exe task                         #define LMI.sub.-- IE.sub.-- MEMALLOC 2                                                             // error allocating internal memory                       #define LMI.sub.-- IE.sub.-- COMMINIT 3                                                             // error initializing internal LMI comm subsystem         // LMI.sub.-- AddLANTransport errors                                           #define LMI.sub.-- ALT.sub.-- FULL 4                                                                // transport table full                                   #define LMI.sub.-- ALT.sub.-- NOSUCHATYPE 5                                                         // unrecognized transport type                            #define LMI.sub.-- ALT.sub.-- DELETING 6                                                            // in process of deleting this transport                  #define LMI.sub.-- ALT.sub.-- GETLOCALADDR 7                                                        // error in GetLocalAddress (comm error returned                               also)                                                     #define LMI.sub.-- ALT.sub.-- MGMTSESSFAIL 8                                                        // error in BeginSession of management session                                 // (comm error returned also)                             #define LMI.sub.-- ALT.sub.-- DGSESSFAIL 9                                                          // error in BeginSession of datagram session                                   // (dg comm error returned also)                          #define LMI.sub.-- ALT.sub.-- INTERNALERR 10                                                        // internal error                                         // LMI.sub.-- DeleteLANTransport errors                                        #define LMI.sub.-- DLT.sub.-- NOSUCHATYPE 11                                                        // unrecognized transport type                            // LMI.sub.-- RequestPermission internal errors (returned in LMI.sub.--        PERM.sub.-- RESPONSE LPARAM)                                                   #define LMI.sub.-- RPE.sub.-- PROTOCOLFAILURE 12                               #define LMI.sub.-- RPE.sub.-- MSGCORRUPTION 13                                 #define LMI.sub.-- RPE.sub.-- ACCEPTCONNERROR 14                               #define LMI.sub.-- RPE.sub.-- OPENCHANERROR 15                                 #define LMI.sub.-- RPE.sub.-- ACCEPTCHANERROR 16                               #define LMI.sub.-- RPE.sub.-- REGCHANHANDLERERROR 17                           #define LMI.sub.-- RPE.sub.-- CONNACCEPTUNEXPECTED 18                          #define LMI.sub.-- RPE.sub.-- CHANREQUESTUNEXPECTED 19                         #define LMI.sub.-- RPE.sub.-- CHANACCEPTUNEXPECTED 20                          #define LMI.sub.-- RPE.sub.-- CHANREJECTUNEXPECTED 21                          #define LMI.sub.-- RPE.sub.-- SENDERROR 22                                     #define LMI.sub.-- RPE.sub.-- RECEIVEERROR 23                                  #define LMI.sub.-- RPE.sub.-- CONNERROR 24                                     #define LMI.sub.-- RPE.sub.-- SEQUOTAPESOURCEFAILURE 25                        #define LMI.sub.-- ERR.sub.-- MAX 25                                                                // max error number                                       // Permission status returned synchronously from                               // LMI.sub.-- RequestPermission and asynchronously as WPARAM of                // LMI.sub.-- PERM.sub.-- RESPONSE                                             typedef enum {                                                                 LMI.sub.-- PS.sub.-- Permitted.sub.-- NoSequoiaBinding = 0,                                                 // synchro                                        LMI.sub.-- PS.sub.-- Permitted.sub.-- BandwidthGranted,                        LMI.sub.-- PS.sub.-- Permitted.sub.-- BandwidthPartial,                        LMI.sub.-- PS.sub.-- Permitted.sub.-- SequoiaNotResponding,                                                 // no error codes                                 LMI.sub.-- PS.sub.-- Pending.sub.-- RequestingPermission                                                    // synchro100,                                    LMI.sub.-- PS.sub.-- Denied.sub.-- NoSequoiaBinding = 0                                                     // synchro,                                       // connection to sequoia succeeded                                             LMI.sub.-- PS.sub.-- Denied.sub.-- NoBandwidth,                                LMI.sub.-- PS.sub.-- Denied.sub.-- CalleeInConf,                               // connection to sequoia failed                                                LMI.sub.-- PS.sub.-- Denied.sub.-- LocalResourceFailure,                       LMI.sub.-- PS.sub.-- Denied.sub.-- LocalInternalError,                                                      // #define LMI error code                         LMI.sub.-- PS.sub.-- Denied.sub.-- SequoiaConnFailed,                                                       // #define COMM error code                        LMI.sub.-- PS.sub.-- Denied.sub.-- SequoiaConnRejected,                                                     // #define COMM reject code                       LMI.sub.-- PS.sub.-- Denied.sub.-- SequoiaConnTimeout,                                                      // something on manager failed                    LMI.sub.-- PS.sub.-- Denied.sub.-- SequoiaInternalError,                                                    // #define LMI error code                         LMI.sub.-- PS.sub.-- Denied.sub.-- CalleeConnFailed,                                                        // #define CONM error code                        LMI.sub.-- PS.sub.-- Denied.sub.-- CalleeConnRejected,                                                      // #define COMM reject code                       LMI.sub.-- PS.sub.-- Denied.sub.-- CalleeConnTimeout,                          LMI.sub.-- PS.sub.-- Denied.sub.-- ProtocolsUnfinished                         } LMI.sub.-- PermStatus;                                                       extern WORD FAR PASCAL.sub.-- export                                           LMI.sub.-- GetErrorText( WORD wErrorCode, LPSTR lpszErrorString, WORD          wSize );                                                                       extern WORD FAR PASCAL.sub.-- export                                           LMI.sub.-- Init(LPCSTR lpszINIFile, HMND hVCIThread);                          extern void FAR PASCAL.sub.-- export                                           LMI.sub.-- UnInit( );                                                          // IpSyncCommError will be valid if return value is LMI.sub.-- ALT             .sub.-- GETLOCALADDR,                                                          // LMI.sub.-- ALT.sub.-- MGMTSESSFAIL, or LMI.sub.-- ALT.sub.-- DGSESSFAIL     extern WORD FAR PASCAL.sub.-- export                                           LMI.sub.-- AddLANTransport( LPTADDR IpOurAddrTypeInTADDR, TSTATUS FAR *        lpSyncCommError, BOOL FAR * lpfOpIsComplete );                                 extern WORD FAR PASCAL.sub.-- export                                           LMI.sub.-- DeleteLANTransport( LPTADDR IpOurAddrTypeInTADDR, BOOL FAR *        lpfOpIsComplete                                                                extern LMI.sub.-- PermStatus FAR PASCAL.sub.-- export                          LMI.sub.-- RequestPermission(                                                               BOOL fIAmCaller, LPTADDR IpLocalAddress, LPTADDR                               IpPeerAddress, DWORD dwBandwidth                                  extern void FAR PASCAL.sub.-- export                                           LMI.sub.-- CallCommit(BOOL fWillCall );                                        extern void FAR PASCAL.sub.-- export                                           LMI.sub.-- ConferenceCommit( BOOL fWillConference, LPCSTR lpszCallerName,      LPCSTR                                                                         lpszCalleeName, DWORD dwBandwidth);                                            extern void FAR PASCAL.sub.-- export                                           LMI.sub.-- ConferenceLeave( );                                                 #ifdef .sub.-- cplusplus                                                       #endif                                                                         #endif /* LMI.sub.-- H */                                                      __________________________________________________________________________

APPENDIX K: Auto Registration

This appendix describes the file formats and data structures for auto registration.

File Format for Auto Registration

This section describes the fields of the auto registration file reg.tmp represented in FIG. 56. The registration file header comprises a file version number, the number of products being registered through this file, and the date of registration.

The file version number has a field length of 5 bytes and a format of "&ARxx" where "xx" denotes the version number of the file format. "xx" starts with "0A" and may increase to "0B", "0C", . . . , "FF" as and when the file format is changed to meet requirements.

The number of products registered by this file has a field length of 1 byte.

The date stamp indicates the date the product is registered. The data stamp is an unsigned long integer of 4 bytes, where the highest byte represents the month, the next highest byte represents the day of the month and the lowest word represents the year.

The product registration header, which immediately follows the registration file header, is the registration header for the first product in the file. In the case of single-product registration, this will be the only product registration header in the reg.tmp file. The product registration header comprises a product name, a product version, the user data size, and the survey data size.

The product name is an array of 64 characters for the name of the product and has a field length of 64 bytes.

The product version number is an array of characters for the version of the product and has a field length of 32 bytes.

The user data size holds the length (in bytes) of the user data. This information is used to calculate the offset of the beginning of the next block of user data in the file. The user data size has a field length of 2 bytes.

The survey data size holds the length (in bytes) of the survey data. This information is used to calculate the offset of the beginning of the next block of survey data in the file. The survey data size has a field length of 2 bytes.

Following the product registration header is a sequence of user data blocks. Each block of user data comprises user data that is collected in the registration dialog box. A user data block comprises a field identification number, a field type, the maximum field length for each field, and a stream of bytes of actual data for the field.

The following field IDs are defined for the field identification number:

    __________________________________________________________________________     #define AR.sub.-- ID.sub.-- FNAME                                                                1 // first name                                              #define AR.sub.-- ID.sub.-- LNAME                                                                2 // last name                                               #define AR.sub.-- ID.sub.-- ADDR1                                                                3 // first line of street address                            #define AR.sub.-- ID.sub.-- ADDR2                                                                4 // second line of street address                           #define AR.sub.-- ID.sub.-- CITY                                                                 5 // city                                                    #define AR.sub.-- ID.sub.-- STATE                                                                6 // state                                                   #define AR.sub.-- ID.sub.-- COUNTRY                                                              7 // country                                                 #define AR.sub.-- ID.sub.-- POSTALCODE                                                           8 // post office zip code                                    #define AR.sub.-- ID.sub.-- COUNTRYCODE                                                          9 // country code                                            #define AR.sub.-- ID.sub.-- AREACODE                                                             10                                                                               // area code                                               #define AR.sub.-- ID.sub.-- PHONENUM                                                             11                                                                               // telephone number                                        #define AR.sub.-- ID.sub.-- FAXNUM                                                               12                                                                               // facsimile number                                        #define AR.sub.-- ID.sub.-- ISDNNUM                                                              13                                                                               // ISDN number                                             #define AR.sub.-- ID.sub.-- ORGN                                                                 14                                                                               // organization                                            #define AR.sub.-- ID.sub.-- TITLE                                                                15                                                                               // title                                                   #define AR.sub.-- ID.sub.-- SERIALNUM                                                            16                                                                               // unique product serial number                            #define AR.sub.-- ID.sub.-- EMAIL                                                                17                                                                               // EMail address                                           __________________________________________________________________________

The field identification number has a field length of 1 byte.

The following field types are defined:

    ______________________________________                                         o  AR.sub.-- TYPE.sub.-- ALPHA                                                                       alphabet only                                            o  AR.sub.-- TYPE.sub.-- NUM                                                                         numbers only                                             o  AR.sub.-- TYPE.sub.-- ALPHANUM                                                                    alphabets and numbers                                    o  AR.sub.-- TYPE.sub.-- DATE                                                                        date                                                     o  AR.sub.-- TYPE.sub.-- TIME                                                                        time                                                     o  AR.sub.-- TYPE.sub.-- SINGLE.sub.-- CHOICE                                                        one-of-many choices                                      o  AR.sub.-- TYPE.sub.-- MULTIPLE.sub.-- CHOICE                                                      many-of-many choices                                     ______________________________________                                    

The field type has a field length of 1 byte.

The maximum field length specifies the maximum field length of any field. It is used to seek through the file to the correct location. The maximum field length has a field length of 2 bytes.

The field data is the actual data stream. The field length of the field data depends on the field.

Following the blocks of user data is one or more blocks of the survey data. Each survey data block comprises a survey version identification, a survey question identification, and a set of response flags that are the attributes of each question-response pair.

The survey version identification specifies the version of the survey for a product. The survey identification is an array of characters and has a field length of 8 bytes.

The survey question identification identifies a specific question in a survey. In conjunction with the survey version ID, any question in any version of survey can be identified. The survey question identification has a field length of 2 bytes.

The response flags is a 2-byte field with each bit representing the response to the corresponding question. Bit 0 represents response 1, bit 1 represents response 2, and so on. The response flags has a limit of 16 responses to a question. If a bit is set to 1, it represents the fact that the user selected that particular choice. If set to 0, the user did not make that selection.

Data Structures for Auto Registration

The following is a portion of the text in the file autoreg.h that describes the data structures for auto registration:

    __________________________________________________________________________     #define AR.sub.-- STATE.sub.-- MAXLEN  32                                      #define AR.sub.-- COUNTRY.sub.-- MAXLEN  32                                    #define AR.sub.-- POSTALCODE.sub.-- MAXLEN  32                                 #define AR.sub.-- COUNTRYCODE.sub.-- MAXLEN  32                                #define AR.sub.-- AREACODE.sub.-- MAXLEN  32                                   #define AR.sub.-- PHONENUM.sub.-- MAXLEN  32                                   #define AR.sub.-- FAXNUM.sub.-- MAXLEN  32                                     #define AR.sub.-- ORGN.sub.-- MAXLEN  32                                       #define AR.sub.-- TITLE.sub.-- MAXLEN  32                                      // The ATTR data type defines the attributes of the                            // autoregistration data items. The list of common data items                  // in the AUTOREG data type will be of type ATTR.                              typedef struct tagAttr                                                         BYTE    bySend;     // Is this item to be transmitted?                         BYTE    byFieidId;  // Global indentification of this field.                   BYTE    byFieldType;                                                                               // Field type (alpha, numeric, alphanumeric, date,                             time,                                                                          // multiple choice, etc.)                                  WORD    wMaxFieldLength;                                                                           // Maximum length of this field in bytes.                  BYTE    byBuf[AR.sub.-- MAXSIZE];                                              } ATTR;                                                                        // The auto-registration structure                                             typedef struct tagAutoReg {                                                    WORD     wStructSize;                                                                               // Size of this structure.                                HWND     hwndOwner;  // Window that owns the dialog box (may be NULL).         LPCSTR   lpszMediaDllPath;                                                                          // Pathname of media dll to use.                          DWORD    dwFlags;    // Flags.                                                 LPARAM   dwAppParam; // 32 bits of app specific data.                          LPARAM   dwMediaParam;                                                                              // 32 bits of media specific data.                        // Application callback.                                                       LRESULT (CALLBACK* lpfnAppCallback)(HINSTANCE, LPARAM);                        // Glg hook proc.                                                              UINT (CALLBACK* lpfnDialogHook)(HWND, UINT, WPARAM, LPARAM);                   HINSTANCE  hMediaDLL;                                                                            // Instance handle to get comm procedures from.              HINSTANCE  hInstance;                                                                            // Instance handle to load dialog template from.             LPCSTR     lpTemplate;                                                                           // Resource name of dialog template, or ptr to loaded                          dialog                                                                         // template.                                                 // The following are the items that are common to all products. Not all        of the items are                                                               // "visible" in the common dialog box. When more fields are added for any      product, the                                                                   // custom dialog is handled by a hook function. The module containing the      hook function will                                                             // validate the data items that it supports and will provide access to         these through an array of                                                      // the ATTR structures. A function, xxxxGetCustomDlgItems( ), will be          available which will                                                           // pass back a pointer to the array of ATTR structures. xxxx is a place        holder for the media.                                                          ATTR FirstName;                                                                ATTR Addr1;                                                                    ATTR Addr2;                                                                    ATTR City;                                                                     ATTR State;                                                                    ATTR Country;                                                                  ATTR PostalCode;                                                               ATTR Email;                                                                    ATTR ISDNNum;                                                                  ATTR PhoneNum;                                                                 ATTR FaxNum;                                                                   ATTR Orgn;                                                                     ATTR Title;                                                                    } AUTOREG;                                                                     typedef struct tagDateTime                                                     {                                                                              BYTE byMonth;                                                                  BYTE byDay;                                                                    BYTE byCentury;                                                                BYTE byYear;                                                                   BYTE byHr;                                                                     BYTE byMin;                                                                    BYTE bySec;                                                                    } DATETIME;                                                                    typedef struct tagProductInfo                                                  {                                                                              BYTE byName[AR.sub.-- MAX.sub.-- PRODUCT.sub.-- NAME.sub.-- LEN];              BYTE byVersion[AR.sub.-- MAX.sub.-- VERSION.sub.-- LEN];                       BYTE bySerialNum[AR.sub.-- MAX.sub.-- SERNUM.sub.-- LEN]; Product serial       number.                                                                        } PRODUCTINFO;                                                                 typedef struct tagRegFileHeader                                                {                                                                              BYTE bySignature[5];                                                           BYTE byNumProducts;                                                            BYTE bySendMoreInfo;                                                           // BYTE byAddToIntelDirectory; now a bit in bySendMoreInfo.                    unsigned long ulDateOfReg;                                                     } REGFILEHEADER;                                                               typedef struct tagRegHeader                                                    {                                                                              PRODUCTINFO ProdInfo;                                                          WORD        wUserDataSize;                                                     WORD        wSurveyDataSize;                                                   } REGHEADER;                                                                   typedef struct tagRegInfo                                                      {                                                                              BYTE byIsBundle;                                                               BYTE byBundleSize;                                                             BYTE byRegName[AR.sub.-- MAX.sub.-- REG.sub.-- NAME.sub.--                                                  // name to use for this product under                                          // [PRODUCT].                                     BYTE byMediaName[AR.sub.-- MAX.sub.-- MEDIA.sub.-- NAME.sub.-- LEN];                                           // name to use for this product                                                // under [MEDIA].                              PRODUCTINFO FAR *lpProdInfo;                                                   } REGINFO;                                                                     typedef REGINFO FAR* LPREGINFO;                                                // If byIsBundle == TRUE, byBundleSize >1.                                     // If byIsBundle == FALSE, byBundleSize = 1 (will be set to default).          // Structures related to responses to optional survey questions.               typedef struct tagResponse                                                                     // Response for each choice for a question.                    {                                                                              BYTE ResType    :2;                                                                              // Combo or radio button or text.                            BYTE Response   :2;                                                            BYTE Reserved   :4;                                                            } Response;                                                                    typedef struct tagResponsePacket   // A set of 16 responses.                   {                                                                              Response                                                                               Res1;                                                                  Response                                                                               Res2;                                                                  Response                                                                               Res3;                                                                  Response                                                                               Res4;                                                                  Response                                                                               Res5;                                                                  Response                                                                               Res6;                                                                  Response                                                                               Res7;                                                                  Response                                                                               Res8;                                                                  Response                                                                               Res9;                                                                  Response                                                                               Res10;                                                                 Response                                                                               Res11;                                                                 Response                                                                               Res12;                                                                 Response                                                                               Res13;                                                                 Response                                                                               Res14;                                                                 Response                                                                               Res15;                                                                 Response                                                                               Res16;                                                                 char    szTextResp[64];                                                                        // Buffer for text response.                                   } ResponsePacket;                                                              typedef struct tagQAPacket                                                     {                                                                               char  szSurveyVersion[8];                                                                        // Version number of survey (7 chars + ` 0`).               UINT   QID;        // Identification number for survey question.               ResponsePacket                                                                            rpRespPacket;                                                                          // Checkbox/radio button/text.                              } QAPacket;                                                                    typedef struct tagQA                                                           {                                                                              LPSTR     lpszQ;                                                                               // Pointer to survey question string.                          LPSTR FAR *lpszA;                                                                              // Pointer to an array of user's answers.                      QAPacket  qappacket;                                                                           // Response to question                                        } QA;                                                                          __________________________________________________________________________ 

What is claimed is:
 1. A media dependent module for a computer-based conferencing system, wherein:the media dependent module provides an interface between an upper-level conferencing driver of the conferencing system and a lower-level communications driver of the conferencing system to isolate the conferencing driver from the communications driver; the media dependent module is dependent upon hardware of the communications driver; and the media dependent module is adapted to perform a plurality of functions called by the conferencing driver, wherein the plurality of functions comprises:a first function for preparing the media dependent module for a conferencing session; a second function for requesting a connection to a remote conferencing node; a third function for accepting an incoming connection request; a fourth function for rejecting the incoming connection request; a fifth function for initiating a listen mode on an established connection; a sixth function for closing the established connection; a seventh function for ending the conferencing session; an eighth function for retrieving information about the media dependent module; a ninth function for verifying that a link packet of a specified size can be sent on the established connection: and a tenth function for sending the link packet on the established connection; wherein: the first function is an MDM₋₋ BeginSession function; the second function is an MDM₋₋ MakeConnection function; the third function is an MDM₋₋ AcceptConnection function; the fourth function is an MDM₋₋ RejectConnection function; the fifth function is an MDM₋₋ Listen function; the sixth function is an MDM₋₋ CloseConnection function; the seventh function is an MDM₋₋ EndSession function; the eighth function is an MDM₋₋ GetCharacteristics function; the ninth function is an MDM₋₋ ClearToSend function; and the tenth function is an MDM₋₋ Send function.
 2. The media dependent module of claim 1, wherein the media dependent module comprises a connection state machine.
 3. The media dependent module of claim 2, wherein the connection state machine comprises:(a) an initialization state; (b) an in-session state; (c) a connection out state; (d) a connection in state; and (e) a connected state.
 4. The media dependent module of claim 3, wherein:calling the first function changes the initialization state-to the in-session state; calling the second function changes the in-session state to the connection out state; receiving a connection accepted message from the remote conferencing node changes the connection out state to the connected state; receiving a connection request message from the remote conferencing node changes the in-session state to the connection in state; calling the third function changes the connection in state to the connected state; calling the fourth function changes the connection in state to the in-session state; calling the sixth function changes the connected state to the in-session state; and calling the seventh function changes the in-session state to the initialization state.
 5. The media dependent module of claim 4, wherein calling any of the fifth, eighth, ninth, and tenth functions leaves the connection state machine unchanged.
 6. The media dependent module of claim 1, wherein:the first function returns synchronously; in response to the second function, the media dependent module sends one of a connection-established callback and a connection-rejected callback to the conferencing driver and the media dependent module sends a connection-requested callback to the remote conferencing node; in response to the third function, the media dependent module sends the connection-established callback to the conferencing driver and the media dependent module sends the connection-established callback to the remote conferencing node; in response to the fourth function, the media dependent module sends the connection-rejected callback to the remote conferencing node; in response to the fifth function, the media dependent module sends the connection-requested callback to the conferencing driver; in response to the sixth function, the media dependent module sends a connection-close-complete callback to the conferencing driver and a connection-close-notify callback to the remote conferencing node; in response to the seventh function, the media dependent module sends a session-closed callback to the conferencing driver; and in response to the tenth function, the media dependent module sends a send-complete callback to the conferencing driver and the media dependent module sends a data-receive callback to remote conferencing node.
 7. A media dependent module for a computer-based conferencing system, wherein:the media dependent module provides an interface between an upper-level conferencing driver of the conferencing system and a lower-level communications driver of the conferencing system to isolate the conferencing driver from the communications driver; the media dependent module is dependent upon hardware of the communications driver: and the media dependent module comprises a connection state machine, wherein the connection state machine comprises:an initialization state; (b) an in-session state; (c) a connection Out state; (d) a connection in state; and (e) a connected state, wherein the media dependent module is adapted to perform a plurality of functions called by the conferencing driver, wherein the plurality of functions comprises: an MDM₋₋ BeginSession function for preparing the media dependent module for a conferencing session; an MDM₋₋ MakeConnection function for requesting a connection to a remote conferencing node; an MDM ₋₋ AcceptConnection function for accepting an incoming connection request; an MDM₋₋ RejectConnection function for rejecting the incoming connection request; an MDM₋₋ Listen function for initiating a listen mode on an established connection; an MDM₋₋ CloseConnection function for closing the established connection; an MDM₋₋ EndSession function for ending the conferencing session an MDM₋₋ GetCharacteristics function for retrieving information about the media dependent module; an MDM₋₋ ClearToSend function for verifying that a link packet of a specified size can be sent on the established connection: and an MDM₋₋ Send function for sending the link packet on the established connection.
 8. The media dependent module of claim 7, wherein:calling the MDM₋₋ BeginSession function changes the initialization state to the in-session state: calling the MDM₋₋ MakeConnection function changes the in-session state to the connection out state: receiving a connection accepted message from the remote conferencing node changes the connection out state to the connected state; receiving a connection request message from the remote conferencing node changes the in-session state to the connection in state; calling the MDM₋₋ AcceptConnection function changes the connection in state to the connected state: calling the MDM₋₋ RejectConnection function changes the connection in state to the in-session state: calling the MDM₋₋ CloseConnection function changes the connected state to the in-session state: and calling the MDM₋₋ EndSession function changes the in-session state to the initialization state.
 9. The media dependent module of claim 8, wherein calling any of the MDM₋₋ Listen, MDM₋₋ GetCharacteristics, MDM₋₋ ClearToSend, and MDM₋₋ Send functions leaves the connection state machine unchanged.
 10. The media dependent module of claim 7, wherein:the MDM₋₋ BeginSession function returns synchronously; in response to the MDM₋₋ MakeConnection function, the media dependent module sends one of a connection-established callback and a connection-rejected callback to the conferencing driver and the media dependent module sends a connection-requested callback to the remote conferencing node: in response to the MDM₋₋ AcceptConnection function, the media dependent module sends the connection-established callback to the conferencing driver and the media dependent module sends the connection-established callback to the remote conferencing node; in response to the MDM₋₋ RejectConnection function, the media dependent module sends the connection-rejected callback to the remote conferencing node; in response to the MDM₋₋ Listen function, the media dependent module sends the connection-requested callback to the conferencing driver; in response to the MDM₋₋ CloseConnection function, the media dependent module sends a connection-close-complete callback to the conferencing driver and a connection-close-notify callback to the remote conferencing node; in response to the MDM₋₋ EndSession function, the media dependent module sends a session-closed callback to the conferencing driver; and in response to the MDM₋₋ Send function, the media dependent module sends a send-complete callback to the conferencing driver and the media dependent module sends a data-receive callback to remote conferencing node. 